| ff1e417c7c239b7abfe70aa90460a77eaafc7f83 |
|
28-Oct-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: schedule the actual switch of the station before CSA count 0
Due to the time it takes to process the beacon that started the CSA
process, we may be late for the switch if we try to reach exactly
beacon 0. To avoid that, use count - 1 when calculating the switch time.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 84469a45a1bedec9918e94ab2f78c5dc0739e4a7 |
|
28-Oct-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: use secondary channel offset IE also beacons during CSA
If we are switching from an HT40+ to an HT40- channel (or vice-versa),
we need the secondary channel offset IE to specify what is the
post-CSA offset to be used. This applies both to beacons and to probe
responses.
In ieee80211_parse_ch_switch_ie() we were ignoring this IE from
beacons and using the *current* HT information IE instead. This was
causing us to use the same offset as before the switch.
Fix that by using the secondary channel offset IE also for beacons and
don't ever use the pre-switch offset. Additionally, remove the
"beacon" argument from ieee80211_parse_ch_switch_ie(), since it's not
needed anymore.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 0d8614b4b926d0f657d15d7eb5125bcb24b9fd41 |
|
10-Sep-2014 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: replace SMPS hw flags with wiphy feature bits
Use the new static_smps / dynamic_smps feature bits
instead of mac80211-internal hw flags.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| b0b6aa2c8e0d0e34f7658d5cc1e4fbb59f701c42 |
|
09-Sep-2014 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: add wmm info to assoc event
Userspace might need to know what queues are configured
for uapsd (e.g. for setting proper default values in tspecs).
Add this bitmap to the association event (inside wmm
nested attribute)
Add additional parameter to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp,
and update its callers.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| c8d6591752e96c550cb98b781326d72d8eedcc79 |
|
03-Sep-2014 |
Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com> |
mac80211: support DTPC IE (from Cisco Client eXtensions)
Linux already supports 802.11h, where the access point can tell the
client to reduce its transmission power. However, 802.11h is only
defined for 5 GHz, where the need for this is much smaller than on
2.4 GHz.
Cisco has their own solution, called DTPC (Dynamic Transmit Power
Control). Cisco APs on a controller sometimes but not always send
802.11h; they always send DTPC, even on 2.4 GHz. This patch adds support
for parsing and honoring the DTPC IE in addition to the 802.11h
element (they do not always contain the same limits, so both must
be honored); the format is not documented, but very simple.
Tested (on top of wireless.git and on 3.16.1) against a Cisco Aironet
1142 joined to a Cisco 2504 WLC, by setting various transmit power
levels for the given access points and observing the results.
The Wireshark 802.11 dissector agrees with the interpretation of the
element, except for negative numbers, which seem to never happen
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
| 24a4e4008ca2a819c4c889163586a8a9b7a3a08d |
|
03-Sep-2014 |
Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com> |
mac80211: split 802.11h parsing from transmit power policy
Decouple the logic of parsing the 802.11d and 802.11h IEs from the
part of deciding what to do about the data (messaging, clamping to
0 dBm, doing the actual setting). This paves the way for the next
patch, which introduces more data sources for transmit power limitation.
Signed-off-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| f3000e1b43f164802f2a74c9de6a398943a36378 |
|
04-Sep-2014 |
Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com> |
mac80211: fix broken use of VHT/20Mhz with some APs
commit "mac80211: disable 40MHz support in case of 20MHz AP"
broke working VHT in 20Mhz with APs like Netgear R6300v2 which
do not publish support for 40Mhz but allow use of VHT in 20Mhz.
The break is because VHT is disabled once no HT cap doesn't indicate
support for 40Mhz. This causes the assoc request to be sent without
any VHT IE and the association is only HT due to this.
For more details check out commit 4a817aa7
"mac80211: allow VHT with peers not capable of 40MHz"
Fixes: 53b954ee4a71 ("mac80211: disable 40MHz support in case of 20MHz AP")
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| cd2f5dd709daa8a70f9eb408025dbb1c804929a8 |
|
03-Sep-2014 |
Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com> |
mac80211: Add RRM support to assoc request
In case of a RRM-supporting connection, in the association request
frame: set the RRM capability flag, and add the required IEs.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d98ad83ee86e523cc00cbf425f456fbd14b4fdc4 |
|
03-Sep-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add Intel Mobile Communications copyright
Our legal structure changed at some point (see wikipedia), but
we forgot to immediately switch over to the new copyright
notice.
For files that we have modified in the time since the change,
add the proper copyright notice now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| bb512ad0732232f1d2693bb68f31a76bed8f22ae |
|
25-Aug-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
Revert "mac80211: disable uAPSD if all ACs are under ACM"
This reverts commit 24aa11ab8ae03292d38ec0dbd9bc2ac49fe8a6dd.
That commit was wrong since it uses data that hasn't even been set
up yet, but might be a hold-over from a previous connection.
Additionally, it seems like a driver-specific workaround that
shouldn't have been in mac80211 to start with.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 24aa11ab8ae0 ("mac80211: disable uAPSD if all ACs are under ACM")
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 53b954ee4a71e782d7dfcdeee5bf4695caeeb112 |
|
24-Jul-2014 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: disable 40MHz support in case of 20MHz AP
If the AP only advertises support for 20MHz (in the
ht operation ie), disable 40MHz and VHT.
This can improve interoperability with APs that
don't like stations exceeding their own
advertised capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| a74a8c846fb699f3277c0c21278bd4c414074b4a |
|
22-Jul-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't duplicate station QoS capability data
We currently track the QoS capability twice: for all peer stations
in the WLAN_STA_WME flag, and for any clients associated to an AP
interface separately for drivers in the sta->sta.wme field.
Remove the WLAN_STA_WME flag and track the capability only in the
driver-visible field, getting rid of the limitation that the field
is only valid in AP mode.
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 3e2a0226c624066943259eaa5e1261da9d8a25fc |
|
05-Jul-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove redundant IEEE80211_STA_CSA_RECEIVED flag
The csa_active flag was added in sdata a while ago and made
IEEE80211_STA_CSA_RECEIVED redundant. The new flag is also used to
mark when CSA is ongoing on other iftypes and took over the old one as
the preferred method for checking whether we're in the middle of a
channel switch. Remove the old, redundant flag.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 81dd2b8822410e56048b927be779d95a2b6dc186 |
|
17-Jul-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: move TDLS data to mgd private part
We can only be a station for TDLS connections. Also fix a bug where
a delayed work could be left scheduled if the station interface was
brought down during TDLS setup.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 40b861a0eeb06bbfa472b456482ebf89b6886926 |
|
17-Jul-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add QoS IE during TDLS setup start
If QoS is supported by the card, add an appropriate IE to TDLS setup-
request and setup-response frames.
Consolidate the setting of the WMM info IE across mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 4c3ebc56d7561526524ec62c61aa3e2040b71f6e |
|
25-Jun-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: use chanctx reservation for STA CSA
Channel switch finalization is now 2-step. First
step is when driver calls chswitch_done(), the
other is when reservation is actually finalized
(which be defered for in-place reservation).
It is now safe to call ieee80211_chswitch_done()
more than once.
Also remove the ieee80211_vif_change_channel()
because it is no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| a46992b441f097a971cca39f49d07a0d16a1c0d8 |
|
13-Jun-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: stop only the queues assigned to the vif during channel switch
Instead of stopping all the hardware queues during channel switch,
which is especially bad when we have large CSA counts, stop only the
queues that are assigned to the vif that is performing the channel
switch.
Additionally, check for (sdata->csa_block_tx) instead of calling
ieee80211_csa_needs_block_tx(), which can now be removed.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| cca07b00a56d6ddd339e457dfd1a229222b9acf5 |
|
13-Jun-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: introduce refcount for queue_stop_reasons
Sometimes different vifs may be stopping the queues for the same
reason (e.g. when several interfaces are performing a channel switch).
Instead of using a bitmask for the reasons, use an integer that holds
a refcount instead. In order to keep it backwards compatible,
introduce a boolean in some functions that tell us whether the queue
stopping should be refcounted or not. For now, use not refcounted for
all calls to keep it functionally the same as before.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| c52666aef9f2dff39276eb53f15d99e2e229870f |
|
12-May-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix suspend vs. association race
If the association is in progress while we suspend, the
stack will be in a messed up state. Clean it before we
suspend.
This patch completes Johannes's patch:
1a1cb744de160ee70086a77afff605bbc275d291
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mac80211: fix suspend vs. authentication race
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Fixes: 12e7f517029d ("mac80211: cleanup generic suspend/resume procedures")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| e5593f56ebbc1b427055da8bc49d7e12a108de36 |
|
09-Apr-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: ignore cqm during csa
It is not guaranteed that multi-vif channel
switching is tightly synchronized. It makes sense
to ignore cqm (missing beacons, et al) while csa
is progressing and re-check it after it completes.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 59af6928d2099479c0bc2ef3f66cc7b33998120a |
|
09-Apr-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: fix CSA tx queue stopping
It was possible for tx queues to be stuck stopped
if AP CSA finalization failed. In that case
neither stop_ap nor do_stop woke the queues up.
This means it was impossible to perform tx at all
until driver was reloaded or a successful CSA was
performed later.
It was possible to solve this in a simpler manner
however this is more robust and future proof
(having multi-vif CSA in mind).
New sdata->csa_block_tx is introduced to keep
track of which interfaces requested tx to be
blocked for CSA. This is required because mac80211
stops all tx queues for that purpose. This means
queues must be awoken only when last tx-blocking
CSA interface is finished.
It is still possible to have tx queues stopped
after CSA failure but as soon as offending
interfaces are stopped from userspace (stop_ap or
ifdown) tx queues are woken up properly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 8bd811aa6c407a8a4712d7142fb9909f1b2a5fa4 |
|
20-Apr-2014 |
Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com> |
mac80211: change return value of notifier function
Return NOTIFY_DONE if we don't care this time's notification, return
NOTIFY_OK if we successfully handled this time's notification. That's
the formal way to do it.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| c0166da9fee2aa8de9d1f9460f62d02176c22350 |
|
09-Apr-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: compute chanctx refcount on-the-fly
It doesn't make much sense to store refcount in
the chanctx structure. One still needs to hold
chanctx_mtx to get the value safely. Besides,
refcount isn't on performance critical paths.
This will make implementing chanctx reservation
refcounting a little easier.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 3afc2167f60a327a2c1e1e2600ef209a3c2b75b7 |
|
04-Mar-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: ignore signal if the frame was heard on wrong channel
On 2.4Ghz band, the channels overlap since the delta
between different channels is 5Mhz while the width of the
receiver is 20Mhz (at least).
This means that we can hear beacons or probe responses from
adjacent channels. These frames will have a significant
lower RSSI which will feed all kinds of logic with inaccurate
data. An obvious example is the roaming algorithm that will
think our AP is getting weak and will try to move to another
AP.
In order to avoid this, update the signal only if the frame
has been heard on the same channel as the one advertised by
the AP in its DS / HT IEs.
We refrain from updating the values only if the AP is
already in the BSS list so that we will still have a valid
(but inaccurate) value if the AP was heard on an adjacent
channel only.
To achieve this, stop taking the channel from DS / HT IEs
in mac80211. The DS / HT IEs is taken into account to
discard the frame if it was received on a disabled channel.
This can happen due to the same phenomenon: the frame is
sent on channel 12, but heard on channel 11 while channel
12 can be disabled on certain devices. Since this check
is done in cfg80211, stop even checking this in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[remove unused rx_freq variable]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 1a1cb744de160ee70086a77afff605bbc275d291 |
|
19-Mar-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix suspend vs. authentication race
Since Stanislaw's patch removing the quiescing code, mac80211 had
a race regarding suspend vs. authentication: as cfg80211 doesn't
track authentication attempts, it can't abort them. Therefore the
attempts may be kept running while suspending, which can lead to
all kinds of issues, in at least some cases causing an error in
iwlmvm firmware.
Fix this by aborting the authentication attempt when suspending.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 12e7f517029d ("mac80211: cleanup generic suspend/resume procedures")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| c9c3a0604614344f7c73523176b6d0a85cba6eab |
|
19-Mar-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: verify deauthentication and return error on failure
When still authenticating the mac80211 code handling a deauthentication
requests from userspace doesn't verify that the request is valid in any
way, fix that. Additionally, it never returns an error, even if there's
no connection or authentication attempt, fix that as well.
While at it, move the message to not print a message in the error case
and to distinguish between the two cases.
Also simplify the code by duplicating the cfg80211 call.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d2722f8b87fb172ff2f31d3a2816b31d58678d40 |
|
04-Mar-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix potential use-after-free
The bss struct might be freed in ieee80211_rx_bss_put(),
so we shouldn't use it afterwards.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org (3.10+)
Fixes: 817cee7675237 ("mac80211: track AP's beacon rate and give it to the driver")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| cb664981607a6b5b3d670ad57bbda893b2528d96 |
|
27-Feb-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix association to 20/40 MHz VHT networks
When a VHT network uses 20 or 40 MHz as per the HT operation
information, the channel center frequency segment 0 field in
the VHT operation information is reserved, so ignore it.
This fixes association with such networks when the AP puts 0
into the field, previously we'd disconnect due to an invalid
channel with the message
wlan0: AP VHT information is invalid, disable VHT
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: f2d9d270c15ae ("mac80211: support VHT association")
Reported-by: Tim Nelson <tim.l.nelson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 963a1852fbac4f75a2d938fa2e734ef1e6d4c044 |
|
21-Feb-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't validate unchanged AP bandwidth while tracking
The MLME code in mac80211 must track whether or not the AP changed
bandwidth, but if there's no change while tracking it shouldn't do
anything, otherwise regulatory updates can make it impossible to
connect to certain APs if the regulatory database doesn't match the
information from the AP. See the precise scenario described in the
code.
This still leaves some possible problems with CSA or if the AP
actually changed bandwidth, but those cases are less common and
won't completely prevent using it.
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=70881
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-and-tested-by: Nate Carlson <kernel@natecarlson.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| dfa1ad299184abeb8fea170e65727e263ac236a5 |
|
11-Feb-2014 |
Calvin Owens <jcalvinowens@gmail.com> |
ieee80211: Print human-readable disassoc/deauth reason codes
Create a function to return a descriptive string for each reason code,
and print that in addition to the numeric value in the kernel log. These
codes are easily found on popular search engines, but one is generally
not able to access the internet when dealing with wireless connectivity
issues.
Signed-off-by: Calvin Owens <jcalvinowens@gmail.com>
[use 'unknown' rather than 'invalid' since more valid codes exist]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| c368ddaa9ad79fdffde4756804321feba6725c75 |
|
06-Feb-2014 |
Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix memory leak
In case ieee80211_prep_connection() fails to dereference
sdata->vif.chanctx_conf, the function returns and doesn't
free new_sta. fixed.
Signed-off-by: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 448cd2e248732326632957e52ea9c44729affcb2 |
|
10-Feb-2014 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: reset probe_send_count also in HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR case
In case of beacon_loss with IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR
device, mac80211 probes the ap (and disconnects on timeout)
but ignores the ack.
If we already got an ack, there's no reason to continue
disconnecting. this can help devices that supports
IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR only partially (e.g. take
care of keep alives, but does not probe the ap.
In case the device wants to disconnect without probing,
it can just call ieee80211_connection_loss.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 3de3802c3d0909c4f222df93cfc0f4ed91191e4c |
|
04-Feb-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: order IEs in association request correctly
In association request frames, there may be IEs passed from
userspace (such as interworking IEs) between HT and VHT, so
add code to insert those inbetween them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| c46a73f39642db4931544a9376338d05aa196df8 |
|
29-Jan-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: move csa_active setting in STA CSA
The sdata->vif.csa_active could be left set after,
e.g. channel context constraints check fail in STA
mode leaving the interface in a strange state for
a brief period of time until it is disconnected.
This was harmless but ugly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| c1cf6d4e6f17406c4fd7b0f4fae779fa61666cc3 |
|
08-Jan-2014 |
Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com> |
mac80211: advertise BF STS according to AP support
Restrict our published beamformee STS capability according
to the AP value.
Some AP show bad behaviour in interoperability testing
when our capabilities are better.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 34a3740d6b392896b71e36cd5cd68837a8f94a5c |
|
18-Dec-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix iflist_mtx/mtx locking in radar detection
The scan code creates an iflist_mtx -> mtx locking dependency,
and a few other places, notably radar detection, were creating
the opposite dependency, causing lockdep to complain. As scan
and radar detection are mutually exclusive, the deadlock can't
really happen in practice, but it's still bad form.
A similar issue exists in the monitor mode code, but this is
only used by channel-context drivers right now and those have
to have hardware scan, so that also can't happen.
Still, fix these issues by making some of the channel context
code require the mtx to be held rather than acquiring it, thus
allowing the monitor/radar callers to keep the iflist_mtx->mtx
lock ordering.
While at it, also fix access to the local->scanning variable
in the radar code, and document that radar_detect_enabled is
now properly protected by the mtx.
All this would now introduce an ABBA deadlock between the DFS
work cancelling and local->mtx, so change the locking there a
bit to not need to use cancel_delayed_work_sync() but be able
to just use cancel_delayed_work(). The work is also safely
stopped/removed when the interface is stopped, so no extra
changes are needed.
Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d34ba2168a3c10e7301cca06069c39865b4c3ec6 |
|
04-Dec-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't delay station destruction
If we can assume that stations are never referenced by the
driver after sta_state returns (and this is true since the
previous iwlmvm patch and for all other drivers) then we
don't need to delay station destruction, and don't need to
play tricks with rcu_barrier() etc.
This should speed up some scenarios like hostapd shutdown.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 017b45bb5c5b40d9da1ea671aa8bc2eaec73675f |
|
18-Nov-2013 |
Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com> |
mac80211: update ht flag if bss configuration changed
There's a bug in tracking HT opmode changes in mac80211, it
fails to update the driver when the channel parameters don't
change.
Move the code to do the HT opmode checking independently of
the channel/bandwidth tracking.
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
[edit commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 33787fc4bea0347d78a211d1f38289b73d9ec1a6 |
|
11-Nov-2013 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: move csa_chandef to sdata
There is no reason why we should have only one channel switch
announcement at a time for a single phy. When support for channel
switch with multiple contexts and multiple vifs per context is
implemented, we will need the chandef data for each vif. Move the
csa_chandef structure to sdata to prepare for this.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[Fixed compilation with mesh]
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 2475b1cc0d5283a33144b79f3eba6d401d873962 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com> |
mac80211: add generic cipher scheme support
This adds generic cipher scheme support to mac80211, such schemes
are fully under control by the driver. On hw registration drivers
may specify additional HW ciphers with a scheme how these ciphers
have to be handled by mac80211 TX/RR. A cipher scheme specifies a
cipher suite value, a size of the security header to be added to
or stripped from frames and how the PN is to be verified on RX.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d2859df5e7f00469011482d850fba652517a2eab |
|
06-Nov-2013 |
Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: DFS setup chandef for cac event
To report channel width correctly we have
to send correct channel parameters from
mac80211 when calling cfg80211_cac_event().
This is required in case of using channel width
higher than 20MHz and we have to set correct
dfs channel state after CAC (NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE).
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| b3f51e941bdd559775c80c137c355ce71efb49d7 |
|
25-Oct-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove useless tests for array
Coverity points out that checking assoc_data->ie is
completely useless since it's an array in the struct
and can't be NULL - remove the useless checks.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 12b5f34d2d5934e998975bbae4e29f81d94052f6 |
|
18-Nov-2013 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: fix connection polling
Commit 392b9ff ("mac80211: change beacon/connection polling")
removed the IEEE80211_STA_BEACON_POLL flag.
However, it accidentally removed the setting of
IEEE80211_STA_CONNECTION_POLL, making the connection polling
completely useless (the flag is always clear, so the result
is never being checked). Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| c0f17eb9b2d4d322c099a0700437209149224583 |
|
15-Oct-2013 |
Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: refactor the parsing of chan switch ie
Refactor the channel switch IE parsing to reduce the number
of function parameters.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 687da132234feb70748df04a007bc1820f392254 |
|
01-Oct-2013 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: implement SMPS for AP
When the driver requests to move to STATIC or DYNAMIC SMPS,
we send an action frame to each associated station and
reconfigure the channel context / driver.
Of course, non-MIMO stations are ignored.
The beacon isn't updated. The association response will
include the original capabilities. Stations that associate
while in non-OFF SMPS mode will get an action frame right
after association to inform them about our current state.
Note that we wait until the end of the EAPOL. Sending an
action frame before the EAPOL is finished can be an issue
for a few clients. Clients aren't likely to send EAPOL
frames in MIMO anyway.
When the SMPS configuration gets more permissive (e.g.
STATIC -> OFF), we don't wake up stations that are asleep
We remember that they don't know about the change and send
the action frame when they wake up.
When the SMPS configuration gets more restrictive (e.g.
OFF -> STATIC), we set the TIM bit for every sleeping STA.
uAPSD stations might send MIMO until they poll the action
frame, but this is for a short period of time.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[fix vht streams loop, initialisation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 095d81cee742fc31e1218077ca6ca8f0df07c613 |
|
15-Oct-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: disable WMM with invalid parameters
Some APs (notably a Sitecom WL-153 v1 with firmware 1.45) are sending
invalid WMM parameters setting AIFSN, ECWmin and ECWmax to zero. The
spec mandates that the value of AIFSN is at least 2, and some cards
(e.g. Intel with the iwldvm driver) can't transmit when the invalid
QoS parameters are actually uploaded to the firmware.
Since there's little chance of being able to guess the values that
the AP actually meant, disable WMM if such an invalid case is found.
Since ECWmin/ECWmax are allowed to be zero, only verify AIFSN >= 2
and ECWmin <= ECWmax.
Reviewed-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reported-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 7578d57520f51093f590d68e16965e2714e69747 |
|
01-Sep-2013 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: implement STA CSA for drivers using channel contexts
Limit the current implementation to a single channel context used by
a single vif, thereby avoiding multi-vif/channel complexities.
Reuse the main function from AP CSA code, but move a portion out in
order to fit the STA scenario.
Add a new mac80211 HW flag so we don't break devices that don't support
channel switch with channel-contexts. The new behavior will be opt-in.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| e6b7cde4d3e155f118b81f1f62f86554c529083a |
|
28-Aug-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: split off channel switch parsing function
The channel switch parsing function can be re-used for the IBSS code,
put the common part into an extra function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[also move/rename chandef_downgrade]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 392b9ffb05b62fe38aa813b924d160ab663cec8d |
|
27-Aug-2013 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: change beacon/connection polling
Since when we detect beacon lost we do active AP probing (using nullfunc
frame or probe request) there is no need to have beacon polling. Flags
IEEE80211_STA_BEACON_POLL seems to be used just for historical reasons.
Change also make that after we start connection poll due to beacon loss,
next received beacon will abort the poll.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d70b7616d9080ec9f868fbd31db5fd4341435d61 |
|
23-Aug-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: ignore (E)CSA in probe response frames
Seth reports that some APs, notably the Netgear WNDAP360, send
invalid ECSA IEs in probe response frames with the operating
class and channel number both set to zero, even when no channel
switch is being done. As a result, any scan while connected to
such an AP results in the connection being dropped.
Fix this by ignoring any channel switch announcment in probe
response frames entirely, since we're connected to the AP we
will be receiving a beacon (and maybe even an action frame) if
a channel switch is done, which is sufficient.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.10
Reported-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| ab1e8ad3b463fd15b99a9b3980ec0f84294f6207 |
|
02-Aug-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: fix ieee80211_sta_process_chanswitch for 5/10 MHz channels
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| ddfe49b42d8ad4bfdf92d63d4a74f162660d878d |
|
31-Jul-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: continue using disabled channels while connected
In case the AP has different regulatory information than we do,
it can happen that we connect to an AP based on e.g. the world
roaming regulatory data, and then update our database with the
AP's country information disables the channel the AP is using.
If this happens on an HT AP, the bandwidth tracking code will
hit the WARN_ON() and disconnect. Since that's not very useful,
ignore the channel-disable flag in bandwidth tracking.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Tested-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 5cdaed1e878d723d56d04ae0be1738124acf9f46 |
|
31-Jul-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: ignore HT primary channel while connected
While we're connected, the AP shouldn't change the primary channel
in the HT information. We checked this, and dropped the connection
if it did change it.
Unfortunately, this is causing problems on some APs, e.g. on the
Netgear WRT610NL: the beacons seem to always contain a bad channel
and if we made a connection using a probe response (correct data)
we drop the connection immediately and can basically not connect
properly at all.
Work around this by ignoring the HT primary channel information in
beacons if we're already connected.
Also print out more verbose messages in the other situations to
help diagnose similar bugs quicker in the future.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.10]
Acked-by: Andy Isaacson <adi@hexapodia.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| cb236d2d713cff83d024a82b836757d9e2b50715 |
|
29-Jul-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't wait for TX status forever
TX status notification can get lost, or the frames could
get stuck on the queue, so don't wait for the callback
from the driver forever and instead time out after half
a second.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| b56e4b857c5210e848bfb80e074e5756a36cd523 |
|
31-Jul-2013 |
Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> |
mac80211: fix infinite loop in ieee80211_determine_chantype
Commit "3d9646d mac80211: fix channel selection bug" introduced a possible
infinite loop by moving the out target above the chandef_downgrade
while loop. When we downgrade to NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, we jump
back up to re-run the while loop...indefinitely. Replace goto with
break and carry on. This may not be sufficient to connect to the AP,
but will at least keep the cpu from livelocking. Thanks to Derek Atkins
as an extra pair of debugging eyes.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 0430c883470d0c9a23661ea9f02c56b1d91cf93c |
|
08-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
cfg80211/mac80211: use reduced txpower for 5 and 10 MHz
Some regulations (like germany, but also FCC) express their transmission
power limit in dBm/MHz or mW/MHz. To cope with that and be on the safe
side, reduce the maximum power to half (10 MHz) or quarter (5 MHz)
when operating on these reduced bandwidth channels.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
| 2103dec14792be2c2194a454630b01120d30e5cb |
|
08-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: select and adjust bitrates according to channel mode
The various components accessing the bitrates table must use consider
the used channel bandwidth to select only available rates or calculate
the bitrate correctly.
There are some rates in reduced bandwidth modes which can't be
represented as multiples of 500kbps, like 2.25 MBit/s in 5 MHz mode. The
standard suggests to round up to the next multiple of 500kbps, just do
that in mac80211 as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[make rate unsigned in ieee80211_add_tx_radiotap_header(), squash fix]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
| 959867fa55d0cb55fb3d08656e5e62607167617f |
|
19-Jun-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: require passing BSS struct back to cfg80211_assoc_timeout
Doing so will allow us to hold the BSS (not just ref it) over the
association process, thus ensuring that it doesn't time out and
gets invisible to the user (e.g. in 'iw wlan0 link'.)
This also fixes a leak in mac80211 where it doesn't always release
the BSS struct properly in all cases where calling this function.
This leak was reported by Ben Greear.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 0418a445838749c51cf1e31a9c7ace6685ae87cd |
|
16-May-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: fix various components for the new 5 and 10 MHz widths
This is a collection of minor fixes:
* don't allow HT IEs in IBSS for 5/10 MHz
* don't allow HT IEs in Mesh for 5/10 MHz
* don't downgrade from/to 5 and 10 MHz channels
* don't try HT rates for 5 and 10 MHz channels when selecting rates
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 817cee767523769cbc5ac94e439cde0c21752cbc |
|
19-May-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: track AP's beacon rate and give it to the driver
Track the AP's beacon rate in the scan BSS data and in the
interface configuration to let the drivers know which rate
the AP is using. This information may be used by drivers,
in our case to let the firmware optimise beacon RX.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 35d865afbbdf79e492f7d61df92b1a9e1d93d26f |
|
28-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: work around broken APs not including HT info
There are some APs, notably 2G/3G/4G Wifi routers, specifically the
"Onda PN51T", "Vodafone PocketWiFi 2", "ZTE MF60" and a similar
T-Mobile branded device [1] that erroneously don't include all the
needed information in (re)association response frames. Work around
this by assuming the information is the same as it was in the
beacon or probe response and using the data from there instead.
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=58881.
[1] https://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?pid=1277305
Note that this requires marking the first ieee802_11_parse_elems()
argument const, otherwise we'd get a compiler warning.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-and-tested-by: Michal Zajac <manwe@manwe.pl>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 989c6505cdda587f87573bb6828f23964dd3d19b |
|
16-May-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: Use suitable semantics for beacon availability indication
Currently beacon availability upon association is marked by have_beacon
flag of assoc_data structure that becomes unavailable when association
completes. However beacon availability indication is required also after
association to inform a driver. Currently dtim_period parameter is used
for this purpose. Move have_beacon flag to another structure, persistant
throughout a interface's life cycle. Use suitable sematics for beacon
availability indication.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
[fix another instance of BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD in docs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 482a9c74fa17c5d584995c19e1a36eaf710d1193 |
|
03-Jun-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix powersave bug and clean up ieee80211_rx_bss_info
ieee80211_rx_bss_info() deals with dtim_period setting and PS update
when associated. Move all these to another locations cleaning this
function. Also, the current implementation is buggy because when it
calls ieee80211_recalc_ps() bss_conf->dtim_period is notset properly
yet and thus nothing will happen.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6ff57cf88807dd81300b5b9c623dc5eb6422b9f6 |
|
16-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: clean up cfg80211 SME APIs
Do some cleanups in the cfg80211 SME APIs, which are
only used by mac80211.
Most of these functions get a frame passed, and there
isn't really any reason to export multiple functions
as cfg80211 can check the frame type instead, do that.
Additionally, the API functions have confusing names
like cfg80211_send_...() which was meant to indicate
that it sends an event to userspace, but gets a bit
confusing when there's both TX and RX and they're not
all clearly labeled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| ff40b425f04144771920b79672d6691910c7def7 |
|
04-Jun-2013 |
Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com> |
mac80211: set IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS on nullframes
The connection monitor needs to know the tx status of
nullframes to work properly.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 8d61ffa5e01c5f676431d12caba17db164a48a86 |
|
10-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: use cfg80211 wdev mutex in mac80211
Using separate locks in cfg80211 and mac80211 has always
caused issues, for example having to unlock in places in
mac80211 to call cfg80211, which even needed a framework
to make cfg80211 calls after some functions returned etc.
Additionally, I suspect some issues people have reported
with the cfg80211 state getting confused could be due to
such issues, when cfg80211 is asking mac80211 to change
state but mac80211 is in the process of telling cfg80211
that the state changed (in another way.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6211dd12da609bc6893b9c3182630b494737ec4b |
|
17-May-2013 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: fix direct probe auth
We send direct probe to broadcast address, as some APs do not respond to
unicast PROBE frames when unassociated. Broadcast frames are not acked,
so we can not use that for trigger MLME state machine, but we need to
use old timeout mechanism.
This fixes authentication timed out like below:
[ 1024.671974] wlan6: authenticate with 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe
[ 1024.694125] wlan6: direct probe to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 1/3)
[ 1024.695450] wlan6: direct probe to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 2/3)
[ 1024.700586] wlan6: send auth to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 3/3)
[ 1024.701441] wlan6: authentication with 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe timed out
With fix, we have:
[ 4524.198978] wlan6: authenticate with 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe
[ 4524.220692] wlan6: direct probe to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 1/3)
[ 4524.421784] wlan6: send auth to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 2/3)
[ 4524.423272] wlan6: authenticated
[ 4524.423811] wlan6: associate with 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 1/3)
[ 4524.427492] wlan6: RX AssocResp from 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (capab=0x431 status=0 aid=1)
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.9
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| ce85788846ec19dcb7bef0dcbcf83fb64630f426 |
|
06-May-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: enable power save only if DTIM period is available
Generally, the DTIM period is available after a beacon has
been received, and if no beacon has been received enabling
powersave is problematic anyway for synchronisation. Since
some drivers may require the DTIM period for powersave,
don't enable powersave until it becomes available in case
the scan/association managed to not receive a beacon.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 04a161f4609dfa387313456fa7ea469fff12cc0d |
|
03-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix HT beacon-based channel switch handling
When an HT AP is advertising channel switch in a beacon, it
doesn't (and shouldn't, according to 802.11-2012 Table 8-20)
include a secondary channel offset element. The only possible
interpretation is that the previous secondary channel offset
remains valid, so use that when switching channel based only
on beacon information.
VHT requires the Wide Bandwidth Channel Switch subelement to
be present in the Channel Switch Wrapper element, so the code
for that is probably ok (see 802.11ac Draft 4, 8.4.2.165.)
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| de3d43a37de9549356d1bc4a6a2a3f07ccbdf072 |
|
14-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: report deauth to cfg80211 for local state change
Even if the frame isn't transmitted to the AP, we need to
report it to cfg80211 so the state there can be updated
correctly.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 3670946fe2e942bcb09ec9bbc587bf305f9f97da |
|
03-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix HT beacon-based channel switch handling
When an HT AP is advertising channel switch in a beacon, it
doesn't (and shouldn't, according to 802.11-2012 Table 8-20)
include a secondary channel offset element. The only possible
interpretation is that the previous secondary channel offset
remains valid, so use that when switching channel based only
on beacon information.
VHT requires the Wide Bandwidth Channel Switch subelement to
be present in the Channel Switch Wrapper element, so the code
for that is probably ok (see 802.11ac Draft 4, 8.4.2.165.)
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| b8360ab8d2caf8a4d0d95bc03f0ba6956459505f |
|
29-Apr-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix IEEE80211_SDATA_DISCONNECT_RESUME
Since commit 12e7f517029dad819c45eca9ca01fdb9ba57616b,
IEEE80211_SDATA_DISCONNECT_RESUME no longer worked as
it would simply never be tested. Restore a bit of the
code removed there and in 9b7d72c1041ec5b20b24af487a9
to make it work again.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 908f8d07e9774c2476e0683f6a0ce50562a2da45 |
|
07-Apr-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: indicate admission control in TX queue parameters
Some driver implementations need to know whether mandatory
admission control is required by the AP for some ACs. Add
a parameter to the TX queue parameters indicating this.
As there's currently no support for admission control in
mac80211's AP implementation, it's only ever set for the
client implementation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 7a7da6ee0ea3443cd5111adffa80a3daba4bb8df |
|
09-Apr-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove warning from ieee80211_beacon_loss
Currently, mac80211 assumes that connection monitor offload
for BSS station implies that the device:
- sends periodic keep alive packets to associated AP
- monitors missed beacons
- actively probes the AP in case of missed beacons
In case of poor connection conditions it expects the function
ieee80211_connection_loss() to be called by driver. However,
some devices implement connection monitor offload excluding
active AP probing.
To allow them to call ieee80211_beacon_loss() cleanly, remove
the warning there and thus allow them to use mac80211 for the
AP probing even if connection monitor offload is supported.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| cd64f2a9b4a9eb055e4adc14b559055775b1b62f |
|
28-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle wide bandwidth channel switch
Parse and react to the wide bandwidth channel switch element
in beacons/action frames. Finding the element was done in a
previous patch (it has different positions in beacons/action
frames), now handle it. If there's something wrong with it
simply disconnect.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| b2e506bfc4d752b68a0ccaae1e977898263eba4c |
|
26-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: parse VHT channel switch IEs
VHT introduces multiple IEs that need to be parsed for a
wide bandwidth channel switch. Two are (currently) needed
in mac80211:
* wide bandwidth channel switch element
* channel switch wrapper element
The former is contained in the latter for beacons and probe
responses, but not for the spectrum management action frames
so the IE parser needs a new argument to differentiate them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 1b3a2e494bc793445f576c5476e9767cf7621684 |
|
26-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle extended channel switch announcement
Handle the (public) extended channel switch announcement
action frames. Parts of the data in these frames isn't
really in IEs, but put it into the elems struct anyway
to simplify the handling.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 85220d71bf3ca1ba9129e0744247ae5f61bec559 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support secondary channel offset in CSA
Add support for the secondary channel offset IE in channel
switch announcements. This is necessary for proper handling
of CSA on HT access points.
For this to work it is also necessary to convert everything
here to use chandef structs instead of just channels. The
driver updates aren't really correct though. In particular,
the TI wl18xx driver update can't possibly be right since
it just ignores the new channel width for lack of firmware
API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| b4f286a1c0ad0b84c2d502b354d4d98d5a86c64b |
|
26-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support extended channel switch
Support extended channel switch when the operating
class is one of the global operating classes as
defined in Annex E of 802.11-2012. If it isn't,
disconnect from the AP instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 37799e52a29af2268d1fbe18908a0d6b9f68af88 |
|
26-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: unify CSA action frame/beacon processing
CSA action frame content should be processed as variable IEs
rather than fixed to make it extensible. Unify the code and
process them just like CSA in beacons to make it easier to
extend for HT/VHT.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6553bf04ff6686db658e09626edad003809f6baf |
|
28-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use second center_freq segment only in 80+80
The field is otherwise reserved, so we shouldn't read
and reject it, though any sane system will probably
have to set it to 0 anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 7b119dc06d871405fc7c3e9a73a6c987409ba639 |
|
10-Apr-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix cfg80211 interaction on auth/assoc request
If authentication (or association with FT) is requested by
userspace, mac80211 currently doesn't tell cfg80211 that it
disconnected from the AP. That leaves inconsistent state:
cfg80211 thinks it's connected while mac80211 thinks it's
not. Typically this won't last long, as soon as mac80211
reports the new association to cfg80211 the old one goes
away. If, however, the new authentication or association
doesn't succeed, then cfg80211 will forever think the old
one still exists and will refuse attempts to authenticate
or associate with the AP it thinks it's connected to.
Anders reported that this leads to it taking a very long
time to reconnect to a network, or never even succeeding.
I tested this with an AP hacked to never respond to auth
frames, and one that works, and with just those two the
system never recovers because one won't work and cfg80211
thinks it's connected to the other so refuses connections
to it.
To fix this, simply make mac80211 tell cfg80211 when it is
no longer connected to the old AP, while authenticating or
associating to a new one.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Anders Kaseorg <andersk@mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| a21a4d3e8ad4d513f5a6eefc91510febb205f601 |
|
07-Apr-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: always advertise STBC/MCSes even if no AP support
Advertise STBC capabilities and MCS rates even if the AP
doesn't support them. This has always been the right thing
to do, but used to be problematic with some APs. Now WFA
testing requires this so re-enable it, problematic APs
would then presumably not pass the test and be fixed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| a1598383241a602123b0bcf1c5210dc9617f536f |
|
26-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't fiddle with netdev queues in MLME code
The netdev queues should always represent the state that
the driver gave them, so fiddling with them isn't really
appropriate in the mlme code. Also, since we stop queues
for flushing now, this really isn't necessary any more.
As the scan/offchannel code has also been modified to no
longer do this a while ago, remove the outdated smp_mb()
and comments about it.
While at it, also add a pair of braces that was missing.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 24aa11ab8ae03292d38ec0dbd9bc2ac49fe8a6dd |
|
02-Apr-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: disable uAPSD if all ACs are under ACM
It's unlikely that an AP requires WMM mandatory admission control
for all access categories, and if it does then we still transmit
on the background AC without requesting admission. However, avoid
using uAPSD in this case since the implementation could run into
issues and might use other ACs etc.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 79ba1d8910f517c3bd39d794ddb1a5b4c03795c4 |
|
27-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: parse Timeout Interval Element using a struct
Instead of open-coding the accesses and length check do
the length check in the IE parser and assign a struct
pointer for use in the remaining code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 1946bed95707ef75d85e94ebe106ce7a119ca831 |
|
27-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: check ERP info IE length in parser
It's always just one byte, so check for that and
remove the length field from the parser struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 1cd8e88e17729f57a9c7f751103e522596bb5de2 |
|
27-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: check DSSS params IE length in parser
It's always just one byte, so check for that and
remove the length field from the parser struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| a13fbe549fded5b77e020d4e08f1f74e212cc543 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: be more careful about sending beacon-loss-events
I don't think we should send the events unless it was actually
a beacon that was lost...not just any probe of an AP.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 675a0b049abf6edf30f8dd84c5610b6edc2296c8 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> |
mac80211: Use a cfg80211_chan_def in ieee80211_hw_conf_chan
Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because
they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel,
nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
[fix kernel-doc]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 219c38674c262378ec411dd8318ebfd199fbce8d |
|
22-Jan-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to set default uAPSD parameters
mac80211 currently sets uAPSD parameters to have VO AC trigger-
and delivery-enabled, with maximum service period length.
Allow drivers to change these default settings since different
uAPSD client implementations may handle errors differently and
be able to recover from some errors.
Note: some APs may not function correctly if one or all ACs are
trigger- and delivery-enabled, see
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/93577.
We retested with this AP and later firmware doesn't have this
bug any more.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 370bd005937c0e00f9104a602f9fe1dd6b21b54b |
|
20-Mar-2013 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Don't restart sta-timer if not associated.
I found another crash when deleting lots of virtual stations
in a congested environment. I think the problem is that
the ieee80211_mlme_notify_scan_completed could call
ieee80211_restart_sta_timer for a stopped interface
that was about to be deleted.
With the following patch I am unable to reproduce the
crash.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[move check, also make the same change in mesh]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 67baf66339f82b5ddef5731caedb1e6db496818d |
|
21-Mar-2013 |
Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@gmail.com> |
mac80211: add P2P NoA settings
Add P2P NoA settings for STA mode.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[fix docs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 934457eeb0bbe9af1849d9201cb3fb81fd9fa4d0 |
|
21-Mar-2013 |
Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@gmail.com> |
mac80211: use ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr structure
Use ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr structure during
P2P_PS (oppps) detection.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 59c1ec2b7884a044967883d9e6169a2cbb4715f3 |
|
19-Mar-2013 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: make beacon-loss-count configurable
On loaded systems with lots of VIFs, I see lots of beacon
timeouts, even though the connection to the AP is very
good. Allow tuning the beacon-loss-count variable to
give the system longer to process beacons if the user
prefers.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[add the number of beacons to the message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 445ea4e83ec50668cc9ad7e5cf96d242f19165e8 |
|
13-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: stop queues temporarily for flushing
Sometimes queues are flushed in the middle of
operation, which can lead to driver issues.
Stop queues temporarily, while flushing, to
avoid transmitting new packets while they are
being flushed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 39ecc01d1bbe3de2cf5f01a81e176ea5160d3b95 |
|
13-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: pass queue bitmap to flush operation
There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only
really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface,
and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on
other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue
bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 9b7d72c1041ec5b20b24af487a98f71d8ff1555e |
|
28-Feb-2013 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: cleanup suspend/resume on managed mode
Remove not used any longer suspend/resume code.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| dd5ecfeac8d1a96d0aba6bbcaec431756f8d8854 |
|
21-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support VHT capability overrides
Support the cfg80211 API to override VHT capabilities
on association.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 24af717c35189f7a83c34e637256ccb7295a617b |
|
01-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix VHT MCS calculation
The VHT MCSes we advertise to the AP were supposed to
be restricted to the AP, but due to a bug in the logic
mac80211 will advertise rates to the AP that aren't
even supported by the local device. To fix this skip
any adjustment if the NSS isn't supported at all.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 499218595a2e8296b7492af32fcca141b7b8184a |
|
20-Feb-2013 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Fix crash due to un-canceled work-items
Some mlme work structs are not cancelled on disassociation
nor interface deletion, which leads to them running after
the memory has been freed
There is not a clean way to cancel these in the disassociation
logic because they must be canceled outside of the ifmgd->mtx
lock, so just cancel them in mgd_stop logic that tears down
the station.
This fixes the crashes we see in 3.7.9+. The crash stack
trace itself isn't so helpful, but this warning gives
more useful info:
WARNING: at /home/greearb/git/linux-3.7.dev.y/lib/debugobjects.c:261 debug_print_object+0x7c/0x8d()
ODEBUG: free active (active state 0) object type: work_struct hint: ieee80211_sta_monitor_work+0x0/0x14 [mac80211]
Modules linked in: [...]
Pid: 14743, comm: iw Tainted: G C O 3.7.9+ #11
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81087ef8>] warn_slowpath_common+0x80/0x98
[<ffffffff81087fa4>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x41/0x43
[<ffffffff812a2608>] debug_print_object+0x7c/0x8d
[<ffffffff812a2bca>] debug_check_no_obj_freed+0x95/0x1c3
[<ffffffff8114cc69>] slab_free_hook+0x70/0x79
[<ffffffff8114ea3e>] kfree+0x62/0xb7
[<ffffffff8149f465>] netdev_release+0x39/0x3e
[<ffffffff8136ad67>] device_release+0x52/0x8a
[<ffffffff812937db>] kobject_release+0x121/0x158
[<ffffffff81293612>] kobject_put+0x4c/0x50
[<ffffffff8148f0d7>] netdev_run_todo+0x25c/0x27e
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 9b5bd5a4917eeb5eca00d1842a74186cfc8dd1c6 |
|
20-Feb-2013 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: stop timers before canceling work items
Re-order the quiesce code so that timers are always
stopped before work-items are flushed. This was not
the problem I saw, but I think it may still be more
correct.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 586e01ededf9b713a1512dd658806791a7ca1a50 |
|
14-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: prevent spurious HT/VHT downgrade message
Even when connecting to an AP that doesn't support VHT,
and even when the local device doesn't support it either,
the downgrade message gets printed. Suppress the message
if HT and/or VHT is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 4a3cb702b05868f67c4ee3da3380461c5b90b4ca |
|
12-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: constify IE parsing
Make all the parsed IE pointers const, and propagate
the change to all the users etc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 30eb1dc2c43039e0fe278e6f3a288de9f216d70d |
|
08-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: properly track HT/VHT operation changes
A while ago, I made the mac80211 station code never change
the channel type after association. This solved a number of
issues but is ultimately wrong, we should react if the AP
changes the HT operation IE and switches bandwidth. One of
the issues is that we associate as HT40 capable, but if the
AP ever switches to 40 MHz we won't be able to receive such
frames because we never set our channel to 40 MHz.
This addresses this and VHT operation changes. If there's a
change that is incompatible with our setup, e.g. if the AP
decides to change the channel entirely (and for some reason
we still hear the beacon) we'll just disconnect.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6565ec9b58483a9706fbe888364aeceb359aeced |
|
08-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move ieee80211_determine_chantype function
The next patch will need it further up in the file, so
move it unchanged now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| f2d9330ee820b01e2b1caf46370bc7963d259908 |
|
08-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up channel use in ieee80211_config_ht_tx
The channel use is confusing, some uses the channel
context and some the bss_conf.chandef. The latter is
fine, so get rid of the channel context part.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 08e6effa1187cc5f401a1cc286ce84f0a581b35a |
|
07-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: disable HT/VHT if AP has no HT/VHT capability
Having HT/VHT operation IEs but not capability IEs
leads to a strange situation where we configure the
channel to an HT or VHT bandwidth and then can't
actually use it. Prevent this by checking that the
HT and VHT capability IEs are present as well as
the operation IEs; if not, disable HT and/or VHT.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| bee7f58699a406a4210ba9e0367bae7ac666abd0 |
|
07-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle operating mode notif in beacon/assoc response
In beacons and association response frames an AP may include an
operating mode notification element to advertise changes in the
number of spatial streams it can receive. Handle this using the
existing function that handles the action frame, but only handle
NSS changes, not bandwidth changes which aren't allowed here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| cb145022c82bde532b386c7a6f1dcef1b2bca2e5 |
|
07-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix HT/VHT disable flags
The code to disable HT and VHT if VHT was advertised
without VHT is wrong -- it accidentally uses the wrong
flags. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 1128958dc22cbfa2562082da2621a06ba71bdce2 |
|
07-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: init HT TX data before rate control
In case of connection, the station data is initialised from
the beacon/probe response first and then updated from the
association response. If the latter is different we update
the rate control algorithm and driver. Instead of doing it
this way, set the station data properly with data from the
association response before initializing rate control.
Also simplify the code by passing the station pointer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| e1a0c6b3a4b27ed5f21291d0bbee2167ec201ef5 |
|
07-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: stop toggling IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
For VHT, many more bandwidth changes are possible. As a first
step, stop toggling the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 flag
in the HT capabilities and instead introduce a bandwidth field
indicating the currently usable bandwidth to transmit to the
station. Of course, make all drivers use it.
To achieve this, make ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() get
the station as an argument, rather than the new capabilities,
so it can set up the new bandwidth field.
If the station is a VHT station and VHT bandwidth is in use,
also set the bandwidth accordingly.
Doing this allows us to get rid of the supports_40mhz flag as
the HT capabilities now reflect the true capability instead of
the current setting.
While at it, also fix ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() to not
ignore HT cap overrides when MCS TX isn't supported (not that it
really happens...)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 4a34215ef7487b1cbd783e7cc485eb03de893bd0 |
|
07-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: pass station to ieee80211_vht_cap_ie_to_sta_vht_cap
Like with HT, make things a bit simpler in future patches by
passing the station to ieee80211_vht_cap_ie_to_sta_vht_cap()
instead of the vht_cap pointer. Also disable VHT here if HT
isn't supported.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 5b36ebd8249f403c7edf7cf68d68e9a0d0f55243 |
|
13-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: always unblock CSA queue stop when disconnecting
In some cases when disconnecting after (or during?) CSA
the queues might not recover, and then the only way to
recover is reloading the module.
Fix this by always unblocking the queue CSA reason when
disconnecting.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jan-Michael Brummer <jan.brummer@tabos.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 89afe614c0c737fd40eda1f8c8ef686246cf3cb6 |
|
13-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix auth/assoc timeout handling
In my commit 1672c0e31917f49d31d30d79067103432bc20cc7
("mac80211: start auth/assoc timeout on frame status")
I broke auth/assoc timeout handling: in case we wait
for the TX status, it now leaves the timeout field set
to 0, which is a valid time and can compare as being
before now ("jiffies"). Thus, if the work struct runs
for some other reason, the auth/assoc is treated as
having timed out.
Fix this by introducing a separate "timeout_started"
variable that tracks whether the timeout has started
and is checked before timing out.
Additionally, for proper TX status handling the change
requires that the skb->dev pointer is set up for all
the frames, so set it up for all frames in mac80211.
Reported-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
Tested-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| cab1c7fd8024ce896119535b5b067224b0b699aa |
|
14-Feb-2013 |
Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com> |
mac80211: fix ieee80211_sta_tx_notify for nullfunc
Function ieee80211_sta_reset_conn_monitor has been
resetting probe_send_count too early and nullfunc
check was never called after succesfull ack.
Reported-by: Magnus Cederlöf <mcider@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Magnus Cederlöf <mcider@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 164eb02d070af987890e1db1c12b8ae0394b19f7 |
|
08-Feb-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: add radar detection command/event
Add command to trigger radar detection in the driver/FW.
Once radar detection is started it should continuously
monitor for radars as long as the channel active.
If radar is detected usermode notified with 'radar
detected' event.
Scanning and remain on channel functionality must be disabled
while doing radar detection/scanning, and vice versa.
Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6c17b77b67587b9f9e3070fb89fe98cef3187131 |
|
11-Feb-2013 |
Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> |
mac80211: Fix tx queue handling during scans
Scans currently work by stopping the netdev tx queues but leaving the
mac80211 queues active. This stops the flow of incoming packets while
still allowing mac80211 to transmit nullfunc and probe request frames to
facilitate scanning. However, the driver may try to wake the mac80211
queues while in this state, which will also wake the netdev queues.
To prevent this, add a new queue stop reason,
IEEE80211_QUEUE_STOP_REASON_OFFCHANNEL, to be used when stopping the tx
queues for off-channel operation. This prevents the netdev queues from
waking when a driver wakes the mac80211 queues.
This also stops all frames from being transmitted, even those meant to
be sent off-channel. Add a new tx control flag,
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK, which allows frames to be transmitted
when the queues are stopped only for the off-channel stop reason. Update
all locations transmitting off-channel frames to use this flag.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 3e4d40fa118e58ce51e85015587a944ec5c69400 |
|
07-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove unused code to mark AP station authenticated
When we get to association, the AP station already exists and
is marked authenticated, so moving it into IEEE80211_STA_AUTH
again is a NOP, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| fd0f979a1b67f0889aea24a7c7d2a54d6706a1cf |
|
07-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: simplify idle handling
Now that we have channel contexts, idle is (pretty
much) equivalent to not having a channel context.
Change the code to use this relation so that there
no longer is a need for a lot of idle recalculate
calls everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 09b85568c142fc1c776dea86a24fcb05f0eeb48b |
|
06-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove dynamic PS driver interface
The functions were added for some sort of Bluetooth
coexistence, but aren't used, so remove them again.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| ef429dadf33feeb150098dbe84ccaa877e3261f6 |
|
05-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: introduce beacon-only timing data
In order to be able to predict the next DTIM TBTT
in the driver, add the ability to use timing data
from beacons only with the new hardware flag
IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY and the BSS info
value sync_dtim_count which is only valid if the
timing data came from a beacon. The data can only
come from a beacon, and if no beacon was received
before association it is updated later together
with the DTIM count notification.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 8cef2c9df88fdd13f518e6607de9d664b31f26cc |
|
05-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: move TSF into IEs
While technically the TSF isn't an IE, it can be
necessary to distinguish between the TSF from a
beacon and a probe response, in particular in
order to know the next DTIM TBTT, as not all APs
are spec compliant wrt. TSF==0 being a DTIM TBTT
and thus the DTIM count needs to be taken into
account as well.
To allow this, move the TSF into the IE struct
so it can be known whence it came.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 112c31f095a7106fbb3ced0dae50aa9b36ac2662 |
|
08-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix AP beacon loss messages
The messages currently refer to probe request probes,
but on some devices null data packets will be used
instead. Make the messages more generic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 5b112d3d098c97b867cc580f590395cd1e72f18c |
|
01-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: pass wiphy to cfg80211_ref_bss/put_bss
This prepares for using the spinlock instead of krefs
which is needed in the next patch to track the refs
of combined BSSes correctly.
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> [mwifiex]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 3d9646d0abd02c552f6f15c302b31aa321c2fa8b |
|
09-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix channel selection bug
When trying to connect to an AP that advertises HT but not
VHT, the mac80211 code erroneously uses the configuration
from the AP as is instead of checking it against regulatory
and local capabilities. This can lead to using an invalid
or even inexistent channel (like 11/HT40+).
Additionally, the return flags from downgrading must be
ORed together, to collect them from all of the downgrades.
Also clarify the message.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d601cd8d950c85032cefdcda162b8cd2cda363bb |
|
07-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix managed mode channel context use
My commit f2d9d270c15ae0139b54a7e7466d738327e97e03
("mac80211: support VHT association") introduced a
very stupid bug: the loop to downgrade the channel
width never attempted to actually use it again so
it would downgrade all the way to 20_NOHT. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6b684db1db0df40275c7dfcc32a5d48eb72fe4e3 |
|
29-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: send deauth if connection was lost during suspend
If the driver determined the connection was lost or that
it couldn't securely maintain the connection when coming
out of WoWLAN, send a deauth frame to the AP to also let
it know.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 682bd38b8ac1fa3e84e84cddd1f1d7eeebce1212 |
|
29-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: always allow calling ieee80211_connection_loss()
With multi-channel, there's a corner case where a driver
doesn't receive a beacon soon enough to be able to sync
its timers with the AP. In this case, the only recovery
(after trying again) is to disconnect from the AP. Allow
calling ieee80211_connection_loss() for such cases. To
make that possible, modify the work function to not rely
on the IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR flag but use new
state kept in the interface instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| eef9e54ce8b8dd08e281e0c399cced807c98959e |
|
29-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: send deauth when connection is lost
If the driver determines the connection is lost,
send a deauth frame to the AP anyway just in case
it still considers the connection alive. The frame
might not go through, but at least we've tried.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 1672c0e31917f49d31d30d79067103432bc20cc7 |
|
29-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: start auth/assoc timeout on frame status
When sending authentication/association frames they
might take a bit of time to go out because we may
have to synchronise with the AP, in particular in
the case where it's really a P2P GO. In this case
the 200ms fixed timeout could potentially be too
short if the beacon interval is relatively large.
For drivers that report TX status we can do better.
Instead of starting the timeout directly, start it
only when the frame status arrives. Since then the
frame was out on the air, we can wait shorter (the
typical response time is supposed to be 30ms, wait
100ms.) Also, if the frame failed to be transmitted
try again right away instead of waiting.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| c65dd1477b6fe5971489dd8b6e28a07ec277fdd6 |
|
12-Dec-2012 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: inform the driver about update of dtim_period
Currently, when the driver requires the DTIM period,
mac80211 will wait to hear a beacon before association.
This behavior is suboptimal since some drivers may be
able to deal with knowing the DTIM period after the
association, if they get it at all.
To address this, notify the drivers with bss_info_changed
with the new BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD flag when the DTIM
becomes known. This might be when changing to associated,
or later when the entire association was done with only
probe response information.
Rename the hardware flag for the current behaviour to
IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC to more accurately
reflect its behaviour. IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD is
no longer accurate as all drivers get the DTIM period
now, just not before association.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| fdcb786930777231c81f487ab2526d33971a3438 |
|
25-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove assoc data "sent_assoc"
The field is never used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 782d2673655c05a1c0335fe0ee4cb62c23bcc231 |
|
18-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove redundant check
There's no need to have two checks for "associated"
in ieee80211_sta_restart(), make the first one locked
to not race (unlikely at this point during resume)
and remove the second check.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 8147dc7f54f0f2e13c3b65fd9628994ad576610b |
|
18-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix aggregation state with current drivers
For drivers that don't actually flush their queues when
aggregation stop with the IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH
or IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT reasons is done,
like iwlwifi or iwlegacy, mac80211 can then transmit on
a TID that the driver still considers busy. This happens
in the following way:
- IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH requested
- driver marks TID as emptying
- mac80211 removes tid_tx data, this can copy packets
to the TX pending queues and also let new packets
through to the driver
- driver gets unexpected TX as it wasn't completely
converted to the new API
In iwlwifi, this lead to the following warning:
WARNING: at drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/dvm/tx.c:442 iwlagn_tx_skb+0xc47/0xce0
Tx while agg.state = 4
Modules linked in: [...]
Pid: 0, comm: kworker/0:0 Tainted: G W 3.1.0 #1
Call Trace:
[<c1046e42>] warn_slowpath_common+0x72/0xa0
[<c1046f13>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x33/0x40
[<fddffa17>] iwlagn_tx_skb+0xc47/0xce0 [iwldvm]
[<fddfcaa3>] iwlagn_mac_tx+0x23/0x40 [iwldvm]
[<fd8c98b6>] __ieee80211_tx+0xf6/0x3c0 [mac80211]
[<fd8cbe00>] ieee80211_tx+0xd0/0x100 [mac80211]
[<fd8cc176>] ieee80211_xmit+0x96/0xe0 [mac80211]
[<fd8cc578>] ieee80211_subif_start_xmit+0x348/0xc80 [mac80211]
[<c1445207>] dev_hard_start_xmit+0x337/0x6d0
[<c145eee9>] sch_direct_xmit+0xa9/0x210
[<c14462c0>] dev_queue_xmit+0x1b0/0x8e0
Fortunately, solving this problem is easy as the station
is being destroyed, so such transmit packets can only
happen due to races. Instead of trying to close the race
just let the race not reach the drivers by making two
changes:
1) remove the explicit aggregation session teardown in
the managed mode code, the same thing will be done
when the station is removed, in __sta_info_destroy.
2) When aggregation stop with AGG_STOP_DESTROY_STA is
requested, leave the tid_tx data around as stopped.
It will be cleared and freed in cleanup_single_sta
later, but until then any racy packets will be put
onto the tid_tx pending queue instead of transmitted
which is fine since the station is being removed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 887da9176e011a044b12ec0deff62df5faadd67c |
|
20-Jan-2013 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: provide the vif in rssi_callback
Since drivers can support several BSS / P2P Client
interfaces, the rssi callback needs to inform the driver
about the interface teh rssi event relates to.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 0f19b41e223d787251c59137e61fc5145c13d1c4 |
|
14-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove ARP filter enable/disable logic
Depending on the driver, having ARP filtering for
some addresses may be possible. Remove the logic
that tracks whether ARP filter is enabled or not
and give the driver the total number of addresses
instead of the length of the list so it can make
its own decision.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 75e6934a9e996ee7cfe7a488b7f7cc2baa86717a |
|
11-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix HT40 connections
My commit 4bf88530be971bf95a7830ca61b4120980bf4347
("mac80211: convert to channel definition struct")
accidentally broke HT40 connections due to swapped
channel flag checks -- fix that.
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Tested-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| c82c4a80bbb9c8ffa1d783070a8caa37f2db45b6 |
|
18-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: split aggregation stop by reason
The initiator/tx doesn't really identify why an
aggregation session is stopped, give a reason
for stopping that more clearly identifies what's
going on. This will help tell the driver clearly
what is expected of it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| b08fbbd8ade1fe3eea821a65b98d9f6a828329da |
|
07-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: restrict assoc request VHT capabilities
In interoperability testing some APs showed bad behaviour
if some of the VHT capabilities of the station are better
than their own. Restrict the assoc request parameters
- beamformee capabable,
- RX STBC and
- RX MCS set
to the subset that the AP can support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d45c41722a3eca639ced2c4c93665ced229b1da9 |
|
10-Dec-2012 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac82011: use frame control to differentiate probe resp/beacon
The probe response/beacon management frame RX code passes a
bool parameter to differentiate beacons and probe responses.
This is useless since we have the frame and can thus use its
frame control field. Moreover it is buggy since there is one
call to ieee80211_rx_bss_info with a beacon frame that is
indicated as a probe response, which is also fixed by using
the frame control field, so do that.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 051007d9e281cd8ea603a4cc4c96b0170b26c7e9 |
|
13-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: optimise roaming time again
The last fixes re-added the RCU synchronize penalty
on roaming to fix the races. Split up sta_info_flush()
now to get rid of that again, and let managed mode
(and only it) delay the actual destruction.
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| b998e8bb3e1c6eeae5eab9d6a434563270286c3b |
|
13-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove final sta_info_flush()
When all interfaces have been removed, there can't
be any stations left over, so there's no need to
flush again. Remove this, and all code associated
with it, which also simplifies the function.
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 826262c3d23743cb032a9e1a65a0f9be75091a5e |
|
10-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix dtim_period in hidden SSID AP association
When AP's SSID is hidden the BSS can appear several times in
cfg80211's BSS list: once with a zero-length SSID that comes
from the beacon, and once for each SSID from probe reponses.
Since the mac80211 stores its data in ieee80211_bss which
is embedded into cfg80211_bss, mac80211's data will be
duplicated too.
This becomes a problem when a driver needs the dtim_period
since this data exists only in the beacon's instance in
cfg80211 bss table which isn't the instance that is used
when associating.
Remove the DTIM period from the BSS table and track it
explicitly to avoid this problem.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Tested-by: Efi Tubul <efi.tubul@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 8e3c1b77435d93c0207d4701ca5b3e84d40c983d |
|
10-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: a few whitespace fixes
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 246dc3fddf4a01bb47dd56215a48dd2b270520db |
|
30-Nov-2012 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: return if CSA is not handle
If channel contexts are enabled, the CSA should not be processed
further. A return is missing here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 9caf03640279e64d0ba36539b42daa1b43a49486 |
|
29-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: fix BSS struct IE access races
When a BSS struct is updated, the IEs are currently
overwritten or freed. This can lead to races if some
other CPU is accessing the BSS struct and using the
IEs concurrently.
Fix this by always allocating the IEs in a new struct
that holds the data and length and protecting access
to this new struct with RCU.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| f2d9d270c15ae0139b54a7e7466d738327e97e03 |
|
22-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support VHT association
Determine the VHT channel from the AP's VHT operation IE
(if present) and configure the hardware to that channel
if it is supported. If channel contexts cause a channel
to not be usable, try a smaller bandwidth.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 4bf88530be971bf95a7830ca61b4120980bf4347 |
|
09-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: convert to channel definition struct
Convert mac80211 (and where necessary, some drivers a
little bit) to the new channel definition struct.
This will allow extending mac80211 for VHT, which is
currently restricted to channel contexts since there
are no drivers using that which makes it easier. As
I also don't care about VHT for drivers not using the
channel context API, I won't convert the previous API
to VHT support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 028e8da0723a6f6a00d9d1e3dae9ad448a28987e |
|
26-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix managed mode channel flags handling
If ieee80211_prep_channel() decides that HT should be
disabled (because the HT IEs from the AP were invalid)
it will set the IEEE80211_STA_DISABLE_HT to not send
HT capabilities to the AP when associating. If this
happens during authentication, the flag will be lost
and we send HT frames, even if the channel config was
set up for non-HT. This can lead to issues.
Fix this by always resetting the ifmgd flags to zero
when the channel context is released so that the flag
resetting in ieee80211_mgd_assoc() isn't necessary.
To make the code a bit easier move the call to release
the channel in ieee80211_set_disassoc() to the end of
the function together with the flag resetting (which
needs to be at the end to avoid timers setting flags.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 03ae834faac9831181ae471543d9f640b75c652b |
|
22-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: disable HT advertising unless AP supports it
If the AP doesn't support HT, or more importantly if
it does but we have to disable it because its IEs are
broken, don't advertise HT support in our association
request. Otherwise, we configure our channel to be a
20 MHz non-HT channel but the AP might still think we
support HT, or even 40 MHz.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| a8243b72459be78240e5e07f987c625f8d976c14 |
|
22-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: rename IEEE80211_STA_DISABLE_11N to HT
Since the 11n spec amendment was rolled into the
2012 version, "11n" no longer makes sense. Use
"HT" instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 76c5fa0fb99e694e123f05f62382b717b857b6a9 |
|
22-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix RX chains configuration
If the driver doesn't support 40 MHz channels, then
mac80211 erroneously sets number of RX chains to one
although the number of chains is independent of the
support for 40 MHz channels.
Fix this by checking the 40 MHz support only for the
code that sets the 40 MHz channel not the complete
HT code block.
This also means the HT20 channel type will always be
set in the changed code block so there's no need to
set it in case we override the AP due to invalid IEs
in the probe response/beacon.
The indentation is a bit quirky, but I'm rewriting
this code for VHT support so this will change again
very soon.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 488dd7b53de9ea41edf7a475be63da51bdd05093 |
|
29-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: pass P2P powersave parameters to driver
While connected to a GO, parse the P2P NoA attribute
and pass the CT Window and opportunistic powersave
parameters to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 8655201726b7707fa777582c30979fdd53e815a9 |
|
29-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: send deauth only with channel context
When userspace asks to deauthenticate and we're just
authenticated (or still authenticating) send a deauth
frame instead of deleting the auth request.
On the other hand, if we've just disassociated and
therefore deleted all our state already, drop the
deauth request because we no longer have a channel
context to send it on.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 1ea6f9c0d48b11b6ec3ec4b5579ec74fc3951cf8 |
|
24-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle TX power per virtual interface
Even before channel contexts/multi-channel, having a
single global TX power limit was already problematic,
in particular if two managed interfaces connected to
two APs with different power constraints. The channel
context introduction completely broke this though and
in fact I had disabled TX power configuration there
for drivers using channel contexts.
Change everything to track TX power per interface so
that different user settings and different channel
maxima are treated correctly. Also continue tracking
the global TX power though for compatibility with
applications that attempt to configure the wiphy's
TX power globally.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| f87ad637b60a3b789030b3ef969d56a8caec9fed |
|
25-Oct-2012 |
Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com> |
mac80211: remove duplicate check in ieee80211_rx_mgmt_beacon
Remove a duplicate check in ieee80211_rx_mgmt_beacon,
there is no need to make again the same check for the
IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK twice; the two ifs can
be consolidated.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
[reword commit message & break long lines and also
clean up variable]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 444e38035eafba2993a690497b205ce385df3a8e |
|
30-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove some unused code
There are a number of unused variables that gcc
pointed out (when building with W=1) as well as
some conditions that can never be true due to
the datatypes used: unsigned values can't be
less than zero. Remove this code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 3a40414f826a8f1096d9b94c4a53ef91b25ba28d |
|
01-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: connect with HT20 if HT40 is not permitted
Some changes to fix issues with HT40 APs in Korea
and follow-up changes to allow using HT40 even if
the local regulatory database disallows it caused
issues with iwlwifi (and could cause issues with
other devices); iwlwifi firmware would assert if
you tried to connect to an AP that has an invalid
configuration (e.g. using HT40- on channel 140.)
Fix this, while avoiding the "Korean AP" issue by
disabling HT40 and advertising HT20 to the AP
when connecting.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.6]
Reported-by: Florian Reitmeir <florian@reitmeir.org>
Tested-by: Florian Reitmeir <florian@reitmeir.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 818255ea47709065c53c86ca47fce96d8580bee1 |
|
10-Oct-2012 |
Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com> |
mac80211: VHT peer STA caps
Save the AP's VHT capabilities (in managed
mode) and make them available to the driver
in the station information.
Unlike HT capabilities, they aren't restricted
to the common capabilities, so drivers must be
aware of their own capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
[fix endian conversion bug ...]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d4950281d72d8845225e3a39dbeb366c40c824c9 |
|
10-Oct-2012 |
Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com> |
ieee80211: Rename VHT cap struct
Rename struct ieee80211_vht_capabilities to ieee80211_vht_cap
and renamed its member vht_capabilities_info to vht_cap_info.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6b8ece3a7031523a05a535761108775b1b67d272 |
|
30-Sep-2012 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Allow station mode SAE to be implemented in user space
SAE uses two rounds of Authentication frames and both rounds require
considerable calculation to be done. This commit extends the existing
station mode authentication request to allow more control for user
space programs to build the SAE fields and to run the authentication
step ones. Only the second round with authentication transaction
sequence 2 will result in moving to authenticated state.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 0f4126e8918985ccc1beb936efd4b9d1e9005a63 |
|
30-Sep-2012 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Add debug print on unexpect authentication state
This is useful when debugging authentication process issues.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 700e8ea6770df3113e735bcc76ecd6ffac71a13c |
|
30-Sep-2012 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Take status code as parameter to ieee80211_send_auth
Non-zero status code may be needed for Authentication frames, e.g.,
when using SAE.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 04ecd2578e712c301fa1369d2a8f298a2b4b146a |
|
11-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: track needed RX chains for channel contexts
On each channel that the device is operating on, it
may need to listen using one or more chains depending
on the SMPS settings of the interfaces using it. The
previous channel context changes completely removed
this ability (before, it was available as the SMPS
mode).
Add per-context tracking of the required static and
dynamic RX chains and notify the driver on changes.
To achieve this, track the chains and SMPS mode used
on each virtual interface and update the channel
context whenever this changes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 55de908ab292c03f1eb280f51170ddb9c6b57e31 |
|
26-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use channel contexts
Instead of operating on a single channel only,
use the new channel context infrastructure in
all mac80211 code.
This enables drivers that want to use the new
channel context infrastructure to use multiple
channels, while nothing should change for all
the other drivers that don't support it.
Right now this disables both TX power settings
and spatial multiplexing powersave. Both need
to be re-enabled on a channel context basis.
Additionally, when channel contexts are used
drop the connection when channel switch is
received rather than trying to handle it. This
will have to be improved later.
[With fixes from Eliad and Emmanuel incorporated]
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6863255bd0e48bc41ae5a066d5c771801e92735a |
|
15-Oct-2012 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: avoid state mishmash on deauth
Avoid situation when we are on associate state in mac80211 and
on disassociate state in cfg80211. This can results on crash
during modules unload (like showed on this thread:
http://marc.info/?t=134373976300001&r=1&w=2) and possibly other
problems.
Reported-by: Pedro Francisco <pedrogfrancisco@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 7f1611469b67739df260a6487b2a5e199e8eeba1 |
|
18-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't send delBA before disassoc
When we disassociate, it's not really useful to
send delBA action frames since we're going to send
disassoc/deauth anyway, so change that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 5d8e4237d2dc73b51ac66dc612c5c42dd7424479 |
|
11-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: change locking around ieee80211_recalc_smps
Make the function acquire the necessary mutex itself
to simplify the callers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 04b7b2ff50fc77380c1e711f1d7223734547e41b |
|
05-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle power constraint/country IE better
Currently, mac80211 uses the power constraint IE, and reduces
the regulatory max TX power by it. This can cause issues if
the AP is advertising a large power constraint value matching
a high TX power in its country IE, for example in this case:
...
Country: US Environment: Indoor/Outdoor
...
Channels [157 - 157] @ 30 dBm
...
Power constraint: 13 dB
...
What happened here is that our local regulatory TX power is
15 dBm, and gets reduced by 13 dB so we end up with only
2 dBm effective TX power, which is way too low.
Instead, handle the country IE/power constraint IE combined
and restrict our TX power to the max of the regulatory power
and the maximum power advertised by the AP, in this case
17 dBm (= 30 dBm - 13 dB).
Also print a message when this happens to let the user know
and help us debug issues with it.
Reported-by: Carl A. Cook <CACook@quantum-equities.com>
Tested-by: Carl A. Cook <CACook@quantum-equities.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6ae16775d6bcd57e64100fda78fd01c8e7e7f08d |
|
07-Sep-2012 |
Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org> |
mac80211: move ieee80211_send_deauth_disassoc outside mlme code
Move ieee80211_send_deauth_disassoc() to util.c to make it
available for the rest of the mac80211 code.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 761a48d2603c0ff48024bc70c129b00ec37639ed |
|
05-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: check power constraint IE size when parsing
The power constraint IE is always a single byte
so check the size when parsing instead of later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 882a7c69d3c605bfacf32e19033447dc70204d45 |
|
01-Aug-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: disconnect if channel switch fails
Disconnect from the AP if channel switching in the
driver failed or if the new channel is unavailable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 3d2abdfdf14f4d6decc2023708211e19b096f4ca |
|
04-Sep-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: clear bssid on auth/assoc failure
ifmgd->bssid wasn't cleared properly in some
auth/assoc failure cases, causing mac80211 and
the low-level driver to go out of sync.
Clear ifmgd->bssid on failure, and notify the driver.
Cc: stable@kernel.org # 3.4+
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| fe94fe05e9fb7c1bea482d1b0fd09029a711cce2 |
|
30-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: pass channel to ieee80211_send_probe_req
In multi-channel scenarios, the channel that we will
transmit a probe request on isn't always the current
channel (which will be NULL anyway) but will instead
be the channel that the AP is on. Pass the channel
to the ieee80211_send_probe_req() function so it can
be used in the different scenarios. The scan code
continues to pass the current channel, of course.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| cc74c0c7d6d623d0d3f13ef64895937edb7b3177 |
|
01-Aug-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make ieee80211_beacon_connection_loss_work static
There's no need to declare the function in the
header file since it's only used in a single
place, so make it static.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 5bc1420b11903e9f8c470d3b33061b8de0c5c005 |
|
01-Aug-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: check size of channel switch IE when parsing
The channel switch IE has a fixed size, so we can
discard it in parsing if it's not the right size
and use the right struct pointer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 3049000b97bbfc90aa9ba413eadc4007e5bce2e0 |
|
01-Aug-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix CSA handling timer
The time until the channel switch is in TU,
not in milliseconds, so use TU_TO_EXP_TIME()
to correctly program the timer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 57eebdf3c28fe7134597acad529fc40f99b76601 |
|
01-Aug-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up CSA handling code
Clean up the CSA handling code by moving some
of it out of the if and using a C99 initializer
for the struct passed to the driver method.
While at it, also add a comment that we should
wait for a beacon after switching the channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 90bcf867ceef50155a1a14af4dc248061f6b8b94 |
|
01-Aug-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove unneeded 'bssid' variable
There's no need to copy the BSSID just to print
it, remove the unnecessary variable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 2d9957cce674308f744f37f68b6bc3261bfdbbf4 |
|
01-Aug-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clear timer bits when disconnecting
There's a corner case that can happen when we
suspend with a timer running, then resume and
disconnect. If we connect again, suspend and
resume we might start timers that shouldn't be
running. Reset the timer flags to avoid this.
This affects both mesh and managed modes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 19c3b8303d4686aa373c669ee833609b3fb403cc |
|
01-Aug-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: reset station MLME flags upon new association
When associating anew, the old station MLME flags should
be cleared. The only exception is the 40 MHz disable
flag as it might have been set while the channel was set
in a previous authentication attempt so it needs to be
kept intact.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6b77863b719a4e32909c218c0d5a83a14f4d98c5 |
|
23-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix current vs. operating channel in preq/beacon
When sending probe requests, e.g. during software scanning,
these will go out on the *current* channel, so their IEs
need to be built from the current channel. At other times,
e.g. for beacons or probe request templates, the IEs will
be used on the *operating* channel and using the current
channel instead might result in errors.
Add the appropriate parameters to respect the difference.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 568d6e289736c9c78cd8723aa81415daffafeff9 |
|
23-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use oper_channel in managed mlme
Using hw.conf.channel is wrong as it could be the
temporary channel if any function like the beacon
get function is called while scanning or during
other temporary out-of-channel activities.
Use oper_channel instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| b17166a707e748ad87907f38431a1df26bb643f2 |
|
27-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: set channel only once during auth/assoc
There's no need to set up the channel during auth
and again during assoc, just do it once. Currently
this doesn't result in any changes since calling
hw_config() with an unchanged channel will return
early, but with the channel context work this has
an impact on channel context assignment.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 13e0c8e355983cdd4ea7accc3b3208e80944716d |
|
27-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: rename sta to new_sta
In ieee80211_prep_connection(), the station (if not NULL)
is the new station (representing the AP) that needs to be
added. Rename the variable to "new_sta" to clarify this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 1b49de26566e7175e8f2d0934db6d9119f553b56 |
|
27-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: supress HT/VHT disable if not supported
If HT/VHT isn't supported by us we shouldn't print
a message that we disabled it, do that only if the
AP didn't support WMM and we therefore disable it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| ab09587740fddf6b4116be7b6716ab47f34d2634 |
|
26-Jul-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add PS flag to bss_conf
Currently, ps mode is indicated per device (rather than
per interface), which doesn't make a lot of sense.
Moreover, there are subtle bugs caused by the inability
to indicate ps change along with other changes
(e.g. when the AP deauth us, we'd like to indicate
CHANGED_PS | CHANGED_ASSOC, as changing PS before
notifying about disassociation will result in null-packets
being sent (if IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS) while
the sta is already disconnected.)
Keep the current per-device notifications, and add
parallel per-vif notifications.
In order to keep it simple, the per-device ps and
the per-vif ps are orthogonal - the per-vif ps
configuration is determined only by the user
configuration (enable/disable) and the connection
state, and is not affected by other vifs state and
(temporary) dynamic_ps/offchannel operations
(unlike per-device ps).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 8c7d857c4a4a552d8d3e1b2e24e1864ec2989285 |
|
25-Jul-2012 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't call mgd_prepare_tx when associated
This doesn't make any sense since we are expected to be on
the medium or at least to Tx only when we are on the right
channel and the AP/GO can hear us.
Move the call to mgd_prepare_tx() for deauth to be only
done in case we're sending a deauth while not associated.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 7eeff74c29259e9cb7765e3845c0b74057f744da |
|
18-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't react to beacon loss if HW monitoring
If the HW is monitoring connection loss (as advertised
by IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR) but not filtering
beacons (IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER) then mac80211 will
still start the beacon loss timer and if a few beacons
are lost, e.g. due to scanning, drop the connection.
If the hardware doesn't advertise connection monitoring,
then it won't drop the connection right away but probe
the AP, which is intended, but due to the logic in the
timer when connection monitoring is done it assumes the
connection was actually lost.
Fix this problem by not starting the timer when the HW
does connection monitoring.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d545daba5357c1ca377a4fe917ccf4de3a3031e0 |
|
24-Jul-2012 |
Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com> |
mac80211: VHT (11ac) association
Insert VHT IEs into association frames to allow
mac80211 to connect as a VHT client.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
[clarify commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 88bc40e8c3d3bca7d26c756bb0b823d4abad3355 |
|
12-Jul-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: go out of PS before sending disassoc
on disassoc, ieee80211_set_disassoc() goes out of PS
before indicating BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC (not sure why this
is needed, but some drivers might count on the current
behavior).
However, it does it after sending the disassoc
frame, which results in null-data frame being sent
(in order to go out of ps) after we were already sent
the disassoc, which is invalid.
Fix it by going out of ps before sending the disassoc.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 8c358bcd097fa1f63e57fb82525ba52f4a537bfa |
|
22-May-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add time synchronisation with BSS for assoc
Some drivers (iwlegacy, iwlwifi and rt2x00) today use the
bss_conf.last_tsf value. By itself though that value is
completely worthless since it may be ancient. What really
is needed is synchronisation between some device time and
the TSF.
To clarify this, rename bss_conf.last_tsf to sync_tsf and
add sync_device_ts which is obtained from rx_status which
gets a new field device_timestamp for this purpose. This
is intentionally not using the mactime field since that
is used for other things and in IBSS is expected to sync
with the IBSS's TSF which isn't necessarily true for the
device timestamp.
Also, since we have the information and it's useful even
before the connection has been established, give all the
timing details to the driver before authenticating.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 10a9109f2705fdc3caa94d768b2559587a9a050c |
|
02-Jul-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: destroy assoc_data correctly if assoc fails
If association failed due to internal error (e.g. no
supported rates IE), we call ieee80211_destroy_assoc_data()
with assoc=true, while we actually reject the association.
This results in the BSSID not being zeroed out.
After passing assoc=false, we no longer have to call
sta_info_destroy_addr() explicitly. While on it, move
the "associated" message after the assoc_success check.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.4+]
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 31ee67a1ced64f61e3f8266ddfd820d6ce599da3 |
|
06-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove unused assignment
ieee80211_mlme_notify_scan_completed() iterates all
interfaces and doesn't need to assign anything to
the sdata variable before the loop.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 7d25745d05e7a0f0fb0d5e29bef40cb6326efc96 |
|
06-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: update BSS info on AC parameters change
When the AC parameters change, drivers might rely
on getting a bss_info_changed notification with
BSS_CHANGED_QOS in addition to the conf_tx call.
Always call the function when userspace updates
are made (in AP/GO modes) and also set the change
flag when updates were made by the AP (in managed
mode.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| a1845fc7c552977e23fe552ad3f5c6c279e3d550 |
|
27-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add TX prepare API
Some drivers require setup before being able to send
management frames in managed mode, in particular in
multi-channel cases.
Introduce API to allow the drivers to do such setup
while being able to sleep waiting for the setup to
finish in the device. This isn't possible inside the
TX call since that can't sleep.
A future patch may also restructure the TX retry to
wait for the driver to report the frame status, as
suggested by Arik in
http://mid.gmane.org/CA+XVXffKSEL6ZQPQ98x-zO-NL2=TNF1uN==mprRyUmAaRn254g@mail.gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d9b3b28b93812715dcee8e4eed8cb8d0707a45f8 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: allow calling ieee80211_ap_probereq_get() during auth/assoc
Drivers might need getting the probe request
(e.g. in order to extract the ssid) even during
auth/assoc.
Make ieee80211_ap_probereq_get() support it
by considering auth_data/assoc_data as well.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| c9b22fb87a00ceb8afa78089d5cf676cf8b3319d |
|
25-Jun-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: don't require associated->beacon_ies for ps
beacon_ies is needed only in order to extract the dtim
period. However, even if it's missing we can still enter
ps with dtim=1 (which also happens if the TIM ie is invalid).
Most drivers don't use conf.max_sleep_period/ps_dtim_period
anyway, and this check prevents them from entering ps if
they don't have beacon (but only probe response), even though
the beacon is not needed at all.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| f823981e288f83113bf1129ff2c94e2fd74a28dd |
|
27-Jun-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: flush queues before deauth/disassoc
On deauth/disassoc we tear down all BA sessions. These
DELBA packets are sent on the appropriate TID, while
deauth/disassoc is always sent on VO. This sometimes
ends with the DELBA being sent after the deauth was
already sent.
Fix it by flushing all the pending frames before
sending deauth/disassoc.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| bdcbd8e0e3ffdad32b14b6373e67bfcf5fd3f002 |
|
22-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up debugging
There are a few things that make the logging and
debugging in mac80211 less useful than it should
be right now:
* a lot of messages should be pr_info, not pr_debug
* wholesale use of pr_debug makes it require *both*
Kconfig and dynamic configuration
* there are still a lot of ifdefs
* the style is very inconsistent, sometimes the
sdata->name is printed in front
Clean up everything, introducing new macros and
separating out the station MLME debugging into
a new Kconfig symbol.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 88a9e31c506c00c8b7a2f1611406d0e38dcb33b3 |
|
01-Jun-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: clear ifmgd->bssid only after building DELBA
ieee80211_set_disassoc() clears ifmgd->bssid before
building DELBA frames, resulting in frames with invalid
bssid ("00:00:00:00:00:00").
Fix it by clearing ifmgd->bssid only after building
all the needed frames.
After this change, we no longer need to save the
bssid (before clearing it), so remove the local array.
Reported-by: Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 00e96decfd0b927f975c98340a5982c5039eeaae |
|
20-Jun-2012 |
Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com> |
mac80211: save wmm_acm per sdata
Save and configure the wmm_acm per sdata, rather than
per hardware.
If wmm_acm is saved per hardware when running two
interfaces simultaneously on the same hardware one
interface's wmm policy will be affected by the other
interface.
Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 50ae34a254ca5192e46503884ed0edd60795fe87 |
|
20-Jun-2012 |
Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> |
mac80211: use the correct capability info in ieee80211_set_associated()
If an AP is beaconing with different capabilities than the one we get
in the associate response, we were still using the capabilities
received in the beacons. One example is when the AP is beaconing with
the short slot bit set to zero and then we try to connect to it with
long slot. In this case, we would keep using long slot until the next
beacon was received.
Fix this by using the correct capability value when calling
ieee80211_handle_bss_capability(). We were using cbss->capability,
but we should use the bss_conf->assoc_capability instead.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6df653c71e8168e1df01118cc85cd84d0deeb583 |
|
18-Jun-2012 |
Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> |
mac80211: initialize sta pointer to avoid false-positive warning
Some compilers (eg. gcc 4.4.1 for ARM) report a false positive warning
in mlme.c:
net/mac80211/mlme.c: In function 'ieee80211_prep_connection':
net/mac80211/mlme.c:3035: warning: 'sta' may be used uninitialized in this function
This is a false positive because the place where 'sta' is used is
inside an if with the same condition of where it is set:
[...]
if (!have_sta) {
sta = sta_info_alloc(sdata, cbss->bssid, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!sta)
return -ENOMEM;
}
[...]
if (!have_sta) {
[...]
sta->sta.supp_rates[cbss->channel->band] = rates;
[...]
For some reason the compiler doesn't understand this and warns.
While this is not a problem in the code itself, we can avoid polluting
the build logs with false positives by setting sta to NULL on
declaration and checking for sta instead of !have_sta in the second if.
Reported-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 79543d8eecc0957ac6fe3ec1e2486ad31d4b67a3 |
|
12-Jun-2012 |
David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> |
mac80211: stop polling in disassociation
Stop connection monitor poll during disassociation.
This clears the polling flags and if a scan was
deferred it will be run.
Without this fix, if a scan was deferred due to
connection monitoring while disassociation happens,
this scan blocks further scan requests until interface
down/up which causes problems connecting to another AP.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6aee4ca3d2217d3f76469e5ed576d62695f0912a |
|
07-Jun-2012 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: add back channel change flag
commit 24398e39c8ee4a9d9123eed322b859ece4d16cac
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Wed Mar 28 10:58:36 2012 +0200
mac80211: set HT channel before association
removed IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL argument from ieee80211_hw_config,
which is required by iwl4965 driver, otherwise that driver does not
configure channel properly and is not able to associate.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 196ac1c13d4db6c276dbb1c9190c8d7d45a83f1f |
|
05-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: do remain-on-channel while idle
The IDLE handling in HW off-channel is broken right
now since we turn off IDLE only when the off-channel
period already started. Therefore, all drivers that
use it today (only iwlwifi!) must support off-channel
while idle, so playing with idle isn't needed at all.
Off-channel in general, since it's no longer used for
authentication/association, shouldn't affect PS, so
also remove that logic.
Also document a small caveat for reporting TX status
from off-channel frames in HW remain-on-channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1c4cb928e1b7c6ad30a9b7d3e720f26156d92925 |
|
30-May-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: print info when disabling HT
Make mac80211 print a message when it disables
HT due to the connection using WEP/TKIP or due
to the AP not supporting WMM/QoS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9dde64232586bd35c8454615266d209106b73c0f |
|
16-May-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: simplify association HT parameters
Instead of passing around the entire HT information
IE, extract only the HT parameters field and disable
HT if the HT information IE isn't present and well-
formed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 51ca9d8db280b960345e7306e6a036dd3880ecff |
|
16-May-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_get_operstate()
ieee80211_get_operstate() was used by drivers in order to
know whether the sta link is up, but it's no longer needed
(nor used) as mac80211 notifies the drivers about
authorization changes (via the sta_state callback)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f0d232080fa5d040aaf73a39d127b003cdd2d0ae |
|
15-May-2012 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net: mac80211: Convert printk(KERN_DEBUG to pr_debug
Standardize the debugging to be able to use dynamic_debug.
Coalesce formats, align arguments.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6efb71b01e37296eb0bcd6c63f7fa3b2d996d589 |
|
15-May-2012 |
Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: send beacon loss events to userspace
Send beacon loss events to userspace, so it will be
able to initiate roaming before disconnection
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| dac211ec10d268b9d09000093a9fa2ac1773894f |
|
13-May-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: fail authentication when AP denied authentication
ieee80211_rx_mgmt_auth() doesn't handle denied authentication
properly - it authenticates the station and waits for association
(for 5 seconds) instead of failing the authentication.
Fix it by destroying auth_data and bailing out instead.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org #3.4
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 925e64c3c512e9f4452eaa7d52fd4c1518b8fb11 |
|
16-May-2012 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: run scan after finish connection monitoring
commit 133d40f9a22bdfd2617a446f1e3209537c5415ec
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Wed Mar 28 16:01:19 2012 +0200
mac80211: do not scan and monitor connection in parallel
add bug, which make possible to start a scan and never finish it, so
make every new scanning request finish with -EBUSY error. This can
happen on code paths where we finish connection monitoring and clear
IEEE80211_STA_*_POLL flags, but do not check if scan was deferred.
This patch fixes those code paths.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 992e68bf2eb9f3319f098560b8d4a03aa52fd7b8 |
|
20-May-2012 |
Soumik Das <soumik.das@stericsson.com> |
mac80211: Fix race in checking AP status by sending null frame
mac80211 tries to verify the existence of the current AP by
probing or sending a NULL frame in function
ieee80211_mgd_probe_ap_send. It 1st sends a null frame to the AP,
increments probe_send_count and waits for the ACK to the NULL
frame for a finite duration of time. At times, it happens that by
the time mac80211 gets to increment probe_send_count, the ACK for
the NULL frame transmitted has already been processed. This leads
to a race condition where mac80211 times out waiting for the ACK
for the NULL frame causing unnecessary disconnection with the AP.
Signed-off-by: Soumik Das <soumik.das@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e87cc4728f0e2fb663e592a1141742b1d6c63256 |
|
13-May-2012 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net: Convert net_ratelimit uses to net_<level>_ratelimited
Standardize the net core ratelimited logging functions.
Coalesce formats, align arguments.
Change a printk then vprintk sequence to use printf extension %pV.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| b203ca39126bad99583c908be587df067820a1ea |
|
08-May-2012 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
mac80211: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal
Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add
some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse
of compare_ether_addr for sorting.
Done via cocci script:
$ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !!ether_addr_equal(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 91a0099c190107821292d3114c396ac858ad723e |
|
25-Apr-2012 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: fix rate control update on 2040 bss change
The rate control updation never be called on 2040 BSS change.
The station should update its rate control on receiving beacon
with different HT mode in the HT operation IE. Not doing so,
leads to sending frames with higher(ht40) rates whereas AP is
operating in lower mode (ht20).
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| afa762f6871a8cb05fbef5d0f83fac14304aa816 |
|
23-Apr-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: call ieee80211_mgd_stop() on interface stop
ieee80211_mgd_teardown() is called on netdev removal, which
occurs after the vif was already removed from the low-level
driver, resulting in the following warning:
[ 4809.014734] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 4809.019861] WARNING: at net/mac80211/driver-ops.h:12 ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x200/0x2c8 [mac80211]()
[ 4809.030388] wlan0: Failed check-sdata-in-driver check, flags: 0x4
[ 4809.036862] Modules linked in: wlcore_sdio(-) wl12xx wlcore mac80211 cfg80211 [last unloaded: cfg80211]
[ 4809.046849] [<c001bd4c>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0x12c)
[ 4809.055937] [<c047cf1c>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24)
[ 4809.065385] [<c003e334>] (warn_slowpath_common+0x5c/0x74)
[ 4809.075589] [<c003e408>] (warn_slowpath_fmt+0x40/0x48)
[ 4809.088291] [<bf033630>] (ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x200/0x2c8 [mac80211])
[ 4809.102844] [<bf067f84>] (ieee80211_destroy_auth_data+0x80/0xa4 [mac80211])
[ 4809.116276] [<bf068004>] (ieee80211_mgd_teardown+0x5c/0x74 [mac80211])
[ 4809.129331] [<bf043f18>] (ieee80211_teardown_sdata+0xb0/0xd8 [mac80211])
[ 4809.141595] [<c03b5e58>] (rollback_registered_many+0x228/0x2f0)
[ 4809.153056] [<c03b5f48>] (unregister_netdevice_many+0x28/0x50)
[ 4809.165696] [<bf041ea8>] (ieee80211_remove_interfaces+0xb4/0xdc [mac80211])
[ 4809.179151] [<bf032174>] (ieee80211_unregister_hw+0x50/0xf0 [mac80211])
[ 4809.191043] [<bf0bebb4>] (wlcore_remove+0x5c/0x7c [wlcore])
[ 4809.201491] [<c02c6918>] (platform_drv_remove+0x24/0x28)
[ 4809.212029] [<c02c4d50>] (__device_release_driver+0x8c/0xcc)
[ 4809.222738] [<c02c4e84>] (device_release_driver+0x30/0x3c)
[ 4809.233099] [<c02c4258>] (bus_remove_device+0x10c/0x128)
[ 4809.242620] [<c02c26f8>] (device_del+0x11c/0x17c)
[ 4809.252150] [<c02c6de0>] (platform_device_del+0x28/0x68)
[ 4809.263051] [<bf0df49c>] (wl1271_remove+0x3c/0x50 [wlcore_sdio])
[ 4809.273590] [<c03806b0>] (sdio_bus_remove+0x48/0xf8)
[ 4809.283754] [<c02c4d50>] (__device_release_driver+0x8c/0xcc)
[ 4809.293729] [<c02c4e2c>] (driver_detach+0x9c/0xc4)
[ 4809.303163] [<c02c3d7c>] (bus_remove_driver+0xc4/0xf4)
[ 4809.312973] [<c02c5a98>] (driver_unregister+0x70/0x7c)
[ 4809.323220] [<c03809c4>] (sdio_unregister_driver+0x24/0x2c)
[ 4809.334213] [<bf0df458>] (wl1271_exit+0x14/0x1c [wlcore_sdio])
[ 4809.344930] [<c009b1a4>] (sys_delete_module+0x228/0x2a8)
[ 4809.354734] ---[ end trace 515290ccf5feb522 ]---
Rename ieee80211_mgd_teardown() to ieee80211_mgd_stop(),
and call it on ieee80211_do_stop().
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 133d40f9a22bdfd2617a446f1e3209537c5415ec |
|
28-Mar-2012 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: do not scan and monitor connection in parallel
Before we send probes in connection monitoring we check if scan is not
pending. But we do that check without locking. Fix that and also do not
start scan if connection monitoring is in progress.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 88c868c43ba38ac3bab07bab4c45b4bc44c94357 |
|
29-Mar-2012 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: sanity check for null SSID
While associated we should never have empty SSID, but life can be full
of surprises, and is allways better to print a warning than crash.
Before memcpy() in ieee80211_probereq_get() check ssid_len instead of
ssid pointer, sice pointer it always passed by "ssidie + 2" expression
to send probe functions, so practically never can be NULL.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 32c5057b22a60b23353dda93c57e475856ca286c |
|
28-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use IEEE80211_NUM_ACS
When comparing hw->queues to determine if the
device is QoS capable, use IEEE80211_NUM_ACS
instead of just 4.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8f727ef3c4859f2c397a7609beb845dcd66729f5 |
|
30-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: notify driver of rate control updates
Devices that have internal rate control need to be
notified when the bandwidth or SMPS state changes
just like external rate control algorithms get a
notification now.
Add this notification and clarify the change bits
while at it, the HT_CHANGED bit really meant only
bandwidth changed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7213cf2cb0dfbb4d6b55a1da000d34338f76c0e3 |
|
28-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove queue stop on rate control update
We currently stop the queue when changing the rate
control between 20/40 MHz in the BSS. This seems to
have been necessary when we actually changed the
channel, but now that we just update the station it
doesn't seem right any more. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 64f68e5d15bee47e0d6d0c57a1cf52cedd9b3527 |
|
28-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove channel type argument from rate_update
The channel type argument to the rate_update()
callback isn't really the correct way to give
the rate control algorithm about the desired
RX bandwidth of the peer.
Remove this argument, and instead update the
STA capabilities with 20/40 appropriately. The
SMPS update done by this callback works in the
same way, so this makes the callback cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 24398e39c8ee4a9d9123eed322b859ece4d16cac |
|
28-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: set HT channel before association
Changing the channel type during operation is
confusing to some drivers and will be hard to
handle in multi-channel scenarios. Instead of
changing the channel, set it to the right HT
channel before authenticating/associating and
don't change it -- just update the 20/40 MHz
restrictions in rate control as needed when
changed by the AP.
This also fixes a problem that Paul missed in
his fix for the "regulatory makes us deaf"
issue -- when we couldn't use 40 MHz we still
associated saying we were using 40 MHz, which
could in similarly broken APs make us never
even connect successfully.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 70b12f2612a6b352d16342b5952cf9f9de6c1d56 |
|
19-Mar-2012 |
Ronald Wahl <ronald.wahl@raritan.com> |
mac80211: when receiving DTIM disable power-save mode only if it was enabled
When receiving DTIM we currently disable power save mode in the
hardware unconditionally, i.e. also when the hardware was not sleeping.
This causes trouble with at least one wireless chipset (Ralink RT3572).
When the hardware is not sleeping and we send a wakeup command (e.g.
this happens after a scan) then a significant decrease of the link
quality or a disconnect may occur.
Disabling power save mode only when it was enabled prevents this issue.
Signed-off-by: Ronald Wahl <ronald.wahl@raritan.com>
Reviewed-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 074d46d1d23f27488a3f314e29cae2453541f17d |
|
15-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wireless: rename ht_info to ht_operation
Since some of the HT code pre-dates 802.11n-2009
some names are wrong. The one that bothers me most
is that "HT operation" is called "HT information"
in our code and that causes confusion.
Rename "HT information" to "HT operation" and also
the control_chan field to primary_chan to match
the name used in the spec.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f69b9c79c99b607a8d6b1d9e1913861154af8c63 |
|
15-Mar-2012 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: flush to get the tx status of nullfunc frame immediately
Sometimes the probe frame (nullfunc) is stuck at the hw queue. so that
the mac80211 terminates the connection as it wont see the tx status.
Instead of waiting for long period for ack status, lets call flush
to get nullfunc status immediately. It also helps to send the nullfunc
till max tries reached.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6f0756a38fc4cf016070f218bf78930b4c1f9a0f |
|
15-Mar-2012 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: do not send pspoll when powersave is disabled
There might be latency at AP side to update TIM IE which could cause the
station to send pspoll frame even after the wakeup. If the powersave is
disabled, the nullfunc notification alone is sufficient to receive
frames from the AP. And if the pspoll frame was already sent, no need to
resend the frame till it was acked by AP.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3f9768a5d262d01d317b2a03933db3d5082fcb68 |
|
28-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix association beacon wait timeout
The TU_TO_EXP_TIME() macro already includes the
"jiffies +" piece of the calculation, so don't
add jiffies again.
Reported-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| dc41e4d474bb18e60bc6678e58adc52ed227f105 |
|
14-Mar-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: make uapsd_* keys per-vif
uapsd_queues and uapsd_max_sp_len are relevant only for managed
interfaces, and can be configured differently for each vif.
Move them from the local struct to sdata->u.mgd, and update
the debugfs functions accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3117bbdb7899d43927c8ce4fe885ab7c1231c121 |
|
13-Mar-2012 |
Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org> |
mac80211: Don't let regulatory make us deaf
When regulatory information changes our HT behavior (e.g,
when we get a country code from the AP we have just associated
with), we should use this information to change the power with
which we transmit, and what channels we transmit. Sometimes
the channel parameters we derive from regulatory information
contradicts the parameters we used in association. For example,
we could have associated specifying HT40, but the regulatory
rules we apply may forbid HT40 operation.
In the situation above, we should reconfigure ourselves to
transmit in HT20 only, however it makes no sense for us to
disable receive in HT40, since if we associated with these
parameters, the AP has every reason to expect we can and
will receive packets this way. The code in mac80211 does
not have the capability of sending the appropriate action
frames to signal a change in HT behaviour so the AP has
no clue we can no longer receive frames encoded this way.
In some broken AP implementations, this can leave us
effectively deaf if the AP never retries in lower HT rates.
This change breaks up the channel_type parameter in the
ieee80211_enable_ht function into a separate receive and
transmit part. It honors the channel flags set by regulatory
in order to configure the rate control algorithm, but uses
the capability flags to configure the channel on the radio,
since these were used in association to set the AP's transmit
rate.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Cc: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Luis R Rodriguez <mcgrof@frijolero.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e9ac0745c734d39cb55ce45f1fb03a85c972b35a |
|
13-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: rename bss_conf timestamp to last_tsf
This value is not really very useful by itself,
yet some drivers (including iwlwifi until I can
figure out what it should do) use it. At least
rename it to "last_tsf" to indicate the meaning
and add a note that it may be really old.
I suspect the value may become useful combined
with the rx_status->mactime, but we don't (yet)
store that value and pass it to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5d6a1b069b7f72298aff2306a2d02b0188668218 |
|
08-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: set basic rates earlier
The authentication and association handshake
already happens in the context of the new BSS,
and the basic rates are needed at least for
the ACK response frame to the authentication
or association response frames. Therefore the
basic rates should already be configured into
the driver when those frames are sent.
Change the logic to set up the basic rates in
the connection preparation that happens for
authentication and association (if needed).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a1cf775deae9d0f1e5475337ab13c593ad427cee |
|
08-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: refactor common auth/assoc setup code
As associating is possible without first authenticating
(for FT over DS) association also has to be able to
switch to the right channel, insert the station entry
etc. Factor out this common code into a new function
called ieee80211_prep_connection().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0775f9f90cdaf40fbf69b3192b3dddb2b3436f45 |
|
08-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove spurious BSSID change flag
The BSSID has been set a lot earlier already and
didn't change again in ieee80211_set_associated().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 76f0303d61b3c7f1918ab63a64e77450a4418a60 |
|
08-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: simplify wmm check during association
Instead of setting assoc_data->wmm_used solely
based on the BSS also take into account our own
capabilities and later check those.
Also rename "wmm_used" and "uapsd_used" to just
"wmm" and "uapsd".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4e74bfdb30f79e9bf87aa359eff29fbdb93cc12a |
|
08-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: simplify HT checks
Always set/use IEEE80211_STA_DISABLE_11N instead
of duplicating the queue, WMM and HT checks in
all places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| de5036aae635b7ea5a920e56fcf074a333b325ca |
|
08-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move misplaced comment
Looks like some changes in this area moved
the code but not the comment that belongs
to the code, move it to the right place.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3cc5240b5e036abb565c8ac7cffdcceb06a13517 |
|
09-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: set channel back after disassociating
As we've discussed, we want to avoid channel changes
while associated. While the part when we actually
associate needs a bit more work, the bit that happens
on disassociating can be changed quite easily. Move
the channel type change later in the disassociate
process to set the channel only after the driver was
told that it's now disassociated.
As the driver could expect powersave to be enabled
only when associated, this thus results in splitting
the config call, but overall what happens makes more
sense this way.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 177958e9679c23537411066cc41b205635dacb14 |
|
09-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove tx_sync
When the station state callback was added, this
was no longer needed in theory. With the iwlwifi
changes to remove use of it landing, we can kill
the entire tx-sync framework again, RIP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fcff4f108dce0692410f390a05565f4b1b84577f |
|
24-Feb-2012 |
Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org> |
mac80211: Filter duplicate IE ids
mac80211 is lenient with respect to reception of corrupted beacons.
Even if the frame is corrupted as a whole, the available IE elements
are still passed back and accepted, sometimes replacing legitimate
data. It is unknown to what extent this "feature" is made use of,
but it is clear that in some cases, this is detrimental. One such
case is reported in http://crosbug.com/26832 where an AP corrupts
its beacons but not its probe responses.
One approach would be to completely reject frames with invaid data
(for example, if the last tag extends beyond the end of the enclosing
PDU). The enclosed approach is much more conservative: we simply
prevent later IEs from overwriting the state from previous ones.
This approach hopes that there might be some salient data in the
IE stream before the corruption, and seeks to at least prevent that
data from being overwritten. This approach will fix the case above.
Further, we flag element structures that contain data we think might
be corrupted, so that as we fill the mac80211 BSS structure, we try
not to replace data from an un-corrupted probe response with that
of a corrupted beacon, for example.
Short of any statistics gathering in the various forms of AP breakage,
it's not possible to ascertain the side effects of more stringent
discarding of data.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Cc: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Cc: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3abead59fcdeb56df8b83288a2f5edbe6423b0bb |
|
02-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: combine QoS with other BSS changes
When associating and particularly when disassociating
there's no need to notify the driver about changes
with multiple calls to bss_info_changed, we should
combine the QoS enabling/disabling into the same call
as otherwise the driver could get confused about QoS
suddenly getting disabled while connected.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 888d04dfbe7e09f930fdaafb257cce2c54c9c3f3 |
|
01-Mar-2012 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: use compare_ether_addr on MAC addresses instead of memcmp
Because of the constant size and guaranteed 16 bit alignment, the inline
compare_ether_addr function is much cheaper than calling memcmp.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 37ad38887d9ca5ed66c6f2b14a8921794bf3d4c3 |
|
24-Feb-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make deauth/disassoc sequence more natural
The association sequence looks (roughly) like
this now:
* set BSSID
* set station to EXIST state
* send auth
* set station to AUTH state
* send assoc
* set station to ASSOC state
* set BSS info to associated
In contrast, the deauth/disassoc sequence is
the other way around:
* clear BSSID/BSS info state
* remove station
* send deauth/disassoc
(in some cases the last two steps are reversed.)
This patch encodes the entire sequence in the
ieee80211_set_disassoc() function and changes
it to be like this, for good measure with an
explicit flush:
* send deauth/disassoc
* flush
* remove station
* clear BSSID/BSS info state
At least iwlwifi gets confused with the other
sequence in P2P mode and complains that it
wasn't able to flush the queues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 02d83e60b9864e7920d87b49e1fbedffd32470f8 |
|
24-Feb-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix ieee80211_set_disassoc() sending DelBA
When ieee80211_set_disassoc() is called with the
tx argument set to true, it will send DelBA out
to the peer. This isn't useful or necessary in a
few cases where we do it today, those being when
we lost the connection or when the supplicant
explicitly asked us to not tell the AP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5fef7dbcadbb85079d3bf56625dd12e6d2816e3d |
|
24-Feb-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: dont call cfg80211 from ieee80211_send_deauth_disassoc
Instead of calling cfg80211 in ieee80211_send_deauth_disassoc()
pass out the frame and call it from the caller. That saves the
SKB allocation if we don't actually want to send the frame and
enables us to make the ordering smarter in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 63c9c5e77c36f8793dddf0e905a4bc43a0972735 |
|
24-Feb-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove cookies from callbacks
In "cfg80211: no cookies in cfg80211_send_XXX()"
Holger Schurig removed the cookies in the calls
from mac80211 to cfg80211, but the ones in the
other direction were left in. Remove them now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 54e4ffb2abb3c086637cbc75a2bfe55a8ce987c8 |
|
25-Feb-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix auth/assoc data & timer leak
When removing an interface while it is in the
process of authenticating or associating, we
leak the auth_data or assoc_data, and leave
the timer pending. The timer then crashes the
system when it fires as its data is gone.
Fix this by explicitly deleting all the data
when the interface is removed. This uncovered
another bug -- this problem should have been
detected by the sta_info_flush() warning but
that function doesn't ever return non-zero,
I'll fix that in a separate patch.
Reported-by: Hieu Nguyen <hieux.c.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 79ebfb85d4ad3495d70124a249a1096ab6396c05 |
|
20-Feb-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix associated vs. idle race
Eliad reports that if a scan finishes in the
middle of processing associated (however it
happens), the interface can go idle. This is
because we set assoc_data to NULL before we
set associated. Change the order so any idle
check will find either one of them.
Doing this requires duplicating the TX sync
processing, but I already have a patch to
delete that completely and will submit that
as soon as my driver changes to no longer
require it are submitted.
Reported-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Tested-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6b5773ebd5c9719aec30e58429db2d3b3f343d2c |
|
19-Feb-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: remove redundant monitor_work enqueueing
ieee80211_restart_sta_timer() takes care for enqueueing
monitor_work if needed, so no need to do it again.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 494f1fe559748a54bb30c066057dfae02d29676e |
|
19-Feb-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: don't queue monitor work for HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR
Devices that monitor the connection in the hw don't need
the monitor work in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 66e67e418908442389d3a9e6509985f01cbaf9b0 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: redesign auth/assoc
This is the second part of the auth/assoc redesign,
the mac80211 part. This moves the auth/assoc code
out of the work abstraction and into the MLME, so
that we don't flip channels all the time etc.
The only downside is that when we are associated,
we need to drop the association in order to create
a connection to another AP, but for most drivers
this is actually desirable and the ability to do
was never used by any applications. If we want to
implement resource reservation with FT-OTA, we'd
probably best do it with explicit R-O-C in wpa_s.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 95de817b9034d50860319f6033ec85d25024694c |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: stop tracking authenticated state
To track authenticated state seems to have been
a design mistake in cfg80211. It is possible to
have out of band authentication (FT), tracking
multiple authentications caused more problems
than it ever helped, and the implementation in
mac80211 is too complex.
Remove all this complexity, and let userspace
do whatever it wants to, mac80211 can deal with
that just fine. Association is still tracked of
course, but authentication no longer is. Local
auth state changes are thus no longer of value,
so ignore them completely.
This will also help implement SAE -- asking the
driver to do an authentication is now almost
equivalent to sending an authentication frame,
with the exception of shared key authentication
which is still handled completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7852e36186d2a1983c215836d7e3d7b8927c930d |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove dummy STA support
The dummy STA support was added because I didn't
want to change the driver API at the time. Now
that we have state transitions triggering station
add/remove in the driver, we only call add once a
station reaches ASSOCIATED, so we can remove the
dummy station stuff again.
While at it, tighten the RX check and accept only
port control (EAP) frames from the AP station if
it's not associated yet -- in other cases there's
no race.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c8987876e9bf9b7b83e75b325586bc77ea8ac825 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move managed mode station state modification
Move the station state modification right before insert,
this just makes the current code more readable (you can
tell that it's before insertion looking at a single
screenful of code) right now, but some upcoming changes
will require this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 83d5cc012441531ab0bf6f99881958e964e9cf11 |
|
12-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: station state transition error handling
In the future, when we start notifying drivers,
state transitions could potentially fail. To make
it easier to distinguish between programming bugs
and driver failures:
* rename sta_info_move_state() to
sta_info_pre_move_state() which can only be
called before the station is inserted (and
check this with a new station flag).
* rename sta_info_move_state_checked() to just
plain sta_info_move_state(), as it will be
the regular function that can fail for more
than just one reason (bad transition or an
error from the driver)
This makes the programming model easier -- one of
the functions can only be called before insertion
and can't fail, the other can fail.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ea086359a63bd0dd85c1d784d0425340649613fa |
|
19-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make CQM RSSI support per virtual interface
Similar to the previous beacon filtering patch,
make CQM RSSI support depend on the flags that
the driver set for virtual interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c1288b1278d00169e12495eb53ad128e09560b69 |
|
19-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make beacon filtering per virtual interface
Due to firmware limitations, we may not be able to
support beacon filtering on all virtual interfaces.
To allow this in mac80211, introduce per-interface
driver capability flags that the driver sets when
an interface is added.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a48b13ac811ee236151d9e0e0dcb5639b2ab4591 |
|
11-Jan-2012 |
Hong Wu <Hong.Wu@dspg.com> |
mac80211: Fix the maximum transmit power with power constraint
The local maximum transmit power for a channel is defined as the maximum
regulatory transmission power minus the local power constraint specified
for the channel in the Power Constraint element. (7.3.2.15 IEEE80211 2007)
Signed-off-by: Hong Wu <hong.wu@dspg.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bc4934bc61d0a11fd62c5187ff83645628f8be8b |
|
18-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix work removal on deauth request
When deauth is requested while an auth or assoc
work item is in progress, we currently delete it
without regard for any state it might need to
clean up. Fix it by cleaning up for those items.
In the case Pontus found, the problem manifested
itself as such:
authenticate with 00:23:69:aa:dd:7b (try 1)
authenticated
failed to insert Dummy STA entry for the AP (error -17)
deauthenticating from 00:23:69:aa:dd:7b by local choice (reason=2)
It could also happen differently if the driver
uses the tx_sync callback.
We can't just call the ->done() method of the work
items because that will lock up due to the locking
in cfg80211. This fix isn't very clean, but that
seems acceptable since I have patches pending to
remove this code completely.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 30fa904724b9c7737264e2eada7f16afc8deee79 |
|
27-Dec-2011 |
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: use RCU read locks for sta_info_get
this is being recently introduced by the commit
a85e1d55974646a442d95911e3f7d7a891ea9ac5
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a85e1d55974646a442d95911e3f7d7a891ea9ac5 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org> |
cfg80211: Return beacon loss count in station
If station info contains a beacon loss count, return
it to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1478acb392d8564d109c4add9de6a0c6258c4057 |
|
14-Dec-2011 |
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Fix power save in change interface
we found that power save is not getting enabled when we do
change interface in this order STA->IBSS->STA. this is
because ieee80211_setup_sdata clears type-dependent union
Reported-by: Leela Kella <leela@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9c38a8b4913ac811c467c6d50634167a123e6ac4 |
|
14-Dec-2011 |
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: remove an unnecessary paraenthesis
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d9a7ddb05e5419ca5e4b54f57074dc33c7ea991c |
|
14-Dec-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: refactor station state transitions
Station entries can have various states, the most
important ones being auth, assoc and authorized.
This patch prepares us for telling the driver about
these states, we don't want to confuse drivers with
strange transitions, so with this we enforce that
they move in the right order between them (back and
forth); some transitions might happen before the
driver even knows about the station, but at least
runtime transitions will be ordered correctly.
As a consequence, IBSS and MESH stations will now
have the ASSOC flag set (so they can transition to
AUTHORIZED), and we can get rid of a special case
in TX processing.
When freeing a station, unwind the state so that
other parts of the code (or drivers later) can rely
on the transitions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ef96a84202ccfb48a4569256ffba45e32308f7ee |
|
18-Nov-2011 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Support ht-cap over-rides.
This implements ht-cap over-rides for mac80211 drivers.
HT may be disabled, making an /a/b/g/n station act like an
a/b/g station. HT40 may be disabled forcing the station to
be HT20 even if the AP and local hardware support HT40.
MAX-AMSDU may be disabled.
AMPDU-Density may be increased.
AMPDU-Factor may be decreased.
This has been successfully tested with ath9k using patched
wpa_supplicant and iw.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fb4431bf608fe135ba743ecdd0aa084a3569992f |
|
17-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove unused ASSOC_AP flag
WLAN_STA_ASSOC_AP indicates that the station entry
is for an AP we're associated to but isn't used so
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fcac4fb00eaefea375db9745464cc182389a1751 |
|
16-Nov-2011 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: call ieee80211_recalc_idle() after sending packets
Some drivers (e.g. ath9k) assume that it's safe to go into low-power mode
immediately after the idle state changes. To support that, mac80211 even
calls drv_flush() before that happens.
In some instances, mac80211 sent a packet right after recalculating the
idle state, this patch fixes that.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c74d084f914e16e42730bcf625ab3f37a4cae8d4 |
|
15-Oct-2011 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: handle HT PHY BSS membership selector value correctly
802.11n-2009 extends the supported rates element with a
magic value which can be used to prevent legacy stations
from joining the BSS.
However, this magic value is not a rate like the others
and the magic can simply be ignored/skipped at this late
stage.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>---
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0ecfe806f146e0cb10c2c5abbb3bb4e91959e41a |
|
09-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix race between connection monitor & suspend
When the connection monitor timer fires right before
suspend, the following will happen:
timer fires -> monitor_work gets queued
suspend calls ieee80211_sta_quiesce
ieee80211_sta_quiesce:
- deletes timer
- cancels monitor_work synchronously, running it
[note wrong order of these steps]
monitor_work runs, re-arming the timer
later, timer fires while system should be quiesced
This causes a warning:
WARNING: at net/mac80211/util.c:540 ieee80211_can_queue_work+0x35/0x40 [mac80211]()
but is otherwise harmless. I'm not completely sure
this is the scenario Thomas stumbled across, but it
is the only way I can right now see the warning in
a scenario like the one he reported.
Reported-by: Thomas Meyer <thomas@m3y3r.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3432f9233704a66e6067944339a311744243707d |
|
30-Oct-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: use min rate as basic rate for buggy APs
Some buggy APs (and even P2P_GO) don't advertise their
basic rates in the association response.
In such case, use the min supported rate as the
basic rate.
Reported-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 05cb91085760ca378f28fc274fbf77fc4fd9886c |
|
28-Oct-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: disable powersave for broken APs
Only AID values 1-2007 are valid, but some APs have been
found to send random bogus values, in the reported case an
AP that was sending the AID field value 0xffff, an AID of
0x3fff (16383).
There isn't much we can do but disable powersave since
there's no way it can work properly in this case.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Bill C Riemers <briemers@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bc3b2d7fb9b014d75ebb79ba371a763dbab5e8cf |
|
15-Jul-2011 |
Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com> |
net: Add export.h for EXPORT_SYMBOL/THIS_MODULE to non-modules
These files are non modular, but need to export symbols using
the macros now living in export.h -- call out the include so
that things won't break when we remove the implicit presence
of module.h from everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
|
| d9b9384215e17c68d7b6bd05d6fa409e5d4140d7 |
|
18-Sep-2011 |
Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com> |
net: add moduleparam.h for users of module_param/MODULE_PARM_DESC
These files were getting access to these two via the implicit
presence of module.h everywhere. They aren't modules, so they
don't need the full module.h inclusion though.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
|
| b6f35301efda5e94342cfcca9e29b7b3e9a5f827 |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Send nullfunc frames at lower rate during connection monitor
Recently mac80211 was changed to use nullfunc instead of probe
request for connection monitoring for tx ack status reporting
hardwares. Sometimes in congested network, STA got disconnected
quickly after the association. It was observered that the rate
control was not adopted to environment due to minimal transmission.
As the nullfunc are used for monitoring purpose, these frames should
not be sacrificed for rate control updation. So it is better to send
the monitoring null func frames at minimum rate that could help to
retain the connection.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c2c98fdeb5c897499644eb247285c8e3dacc6450 |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: optimise station flags
The flaglock in struct sta_info has long been
something that I wanted to get rid of, this
finally does the conversion to atomic bitops.
The conversion itself is straight-forward in
most places, a few things needed to change a
bit since we can no longer use multiple bits
at the same time.
On x86-64, this is a fairly significant code
size reduction:
text data bss dec hex
427861 23648 1008 452517 6e7a5 before
425383 23648 976 450007 6ddd7 after
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 07ba55d7f1d0da174c9bc545c713b44cee760197 |
|
28-Sep-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
nl80211/mac80211: allow adding TDLS peers as stations
When adding a TDLS peer STA, mark it with a new flag in both nl80211 and
mac80211. Before adding a peer, make sure the wiphy supports TDLS and
our operating mode is appropriate (managed).
In addition, make sure all peers are removed on disassociation.
A TDLS peer is first added just before link setup is initiated. In later
setup stages we have more info about peer supported rates, capabilities,
etc. This info is reported via nl80211_set_station().
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f6f3def323e5d60cc2a5659533dce547c0aac5fc |
|
25-Sep-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: save tx params per sdata
save and configure tx param per sdata, rather than
per hardware.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| aad14ceb45f5ff12da2ab5b37a596e6f81566515 |
|
25-Sep-2011 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Send the management frame at requested rate
Whenever the scan request or tx_mgmt is requesting not to
use CCK rate for managemet frames through
NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE attribute, then mac80211 should
select appropriate least non-CCK rate. This could help to
send P2P probes and P2P action frames at non 11b rates
without diabling 11b rates globally.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7cc44ed48d0ec0937c1f098642540b6c9ca38de5 |
|
16-Sep-2011 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Fix regression on queue stop during 2040 bss change
The commit "mac80211: stop tx before doing hw config and
rate update" stops the tx queue and call drv_flush so frequently
whenever a beacon got received with 11n htcap. This leads to
massive "Failed to stop TX DMA" logspam on embedded hw. So the
queue stop and flush should be called if and only if there is a
change in the channel type.
Reported-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1ea57b1f12c045db5fca5d1299963ca1c70983ea |
|
08-Sep-2011 |
Shahar Levi <shahar_levi@ti.com> |
mac80211: Update device channel in case of HW channel switch supported
The hw.conf.channel value is not updated properly for drivers that
support HW channel switch. Since the switch is done entirely by the
driver and we don't call ieee80211_hw_config(), this value remains
untouched. This patch fixes that by setting the new channel directly in
ieee80211_chswitch_work().
Signed-off-by: Shahar Levi <shahar_levi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 693828fe92933ce4fff4c1e51365b2e6ab033b0e |
|
02-Sep-2011 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: stop tx before doing hw config and rate update
The assumption is that during the hw config, transmission was
already stopped by mac80211. Sometimes the AP can be switching
b/w the ht modes due to intolerant or etc where STA is in
the middle of transmission. In such scenario, buffer overflow
was observed at driver side. And also before updating the rate
control, the frames are continued to xmited with older rates.
This patch ensures that the frames are always xmitted with
updated rates and avoid buffer overflow.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d15b84590a1d2ec021ada00a0e67ee5851a0ea2b |
|
29-Aug-2011 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
mac80211: Remove unnecessary OOM logging messages
Removing unnecessary messages saves code and text.
Site specific OOM messages are duplications of a generic MM
out of memory message and aren't really useful, so just
delete them.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2a33bee2753bf28411de8822e3e3c7501966eb1b |
|
17-Aug-2011 |
Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com> |
mac80211: fix race condition between assoc_done and first EAP packet
When associating to an AP, the station might miss the first EAP
packet that the AP sends due to a race condition between the association
success procedure and the rx flow in mac80211.
In such cases, the packet might fall in ieee80211_rx_h_check due to
the fact that the relevant rx->sta wasn't allocated yet.
Allocation of the relevant station info struct before actually
sending the association request and setting it with a new
dummy_sta flag solve this problem.
The station will accept only EAP packets from the AP while it
is in the pre-association/dummy state.
This dummy station entry is not seen by normal sta_info_get()
calls, only by sta_info_get_bss_rx().
The driver is not notified for the first insertion of the
dummy station. The driver is notified only after the association
is complete and the dummy flag is removed from the station entry.
That way, all the rest of the code flow should be untouched by
this change.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e8db0be1245de16a6cc6365506abc392c3c212d4 |
|
25-Aug-2011 |
Jean Pihet <j-pihet@ti.com> |
PM QoS: Move and rename the implementation files
The PM QoS implementation files are better named
kernel/power/qos.c and include/linux/pm_qos.h.
The PM QoS support is compiled under the CONFIG_PM option.
Signed-off-by: Jean Pihet <j-pihet@ti.com>
Acked-by: markgross <markgross@thegnar.org>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
|
| b2abb6e2bcb91ae384c5857dffd0bb97b76c7a68 |
|
19-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: sync driver before TX
In P2P client mode, the GO (AP) to connect to might
have periods of time where it is not available due
to powersave. To allow the driver to sync with it
and send frames to the GO only when it is available
add a new callback tx_sync (and the corresponding
finish_tx_sync). These callbacks can sleep unlike
the actual TX.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 85a237fe308405ee38eb9c6733571c49902ec229 |
|
18-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: implement scan supported rates
Scanning currently uses the TX rate mask to
restrict the rate set, which is bogus. Make
it use the new set of rates from userspace.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2683d65bb016a0533c25ead3025cbd24886cf35f |
|
14-Jul-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: reconfigure tx on device reconfiguration
Add tx_conf array to save the current tx queues
configuration, and reconfig it on resume (ieee80211_reconfig).
On resume, the driver is being reconfigured. Without
reconfiguring the tx queues as well, the driver might
configure the device to use wrong ac params (e.g. ps-poll
instead of uapsd).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 95acac61ba66c4abd40e038dae8c1ed2e176c7b1 |
|
12-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow driver to disconnect after resume
In WoWLAN, devices may use crypto keys for TX/RX
and could also implement GTK rekeying. If the
driver isn't able to retrieve replay counters and
similar information from the device upon resume,
or if the device isn't responsive due to platform
issues, it isn't safe to keep the connection up
as GTK rekey messages from during the sleep time
could be replayed against it.
The only protection against that is disconnecting
from the AP. Modifying mac80211 to do that while
it is resuming would be very complex and invasive
in the case that the driver requires a reconfig,
so do it after it has resumed completely. In that
case, however, packets might be replayed since it
can then only happen after TX/RX are up again, so
mark keys for interfaces that need to disconnect
as "tainted" and drop all packets that are sent
or received with those keys.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 615f7b9bb1f8e0e3188470245cec44f175189084 |
|
08-Jul-2011 |
Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com> |
mac80211: add driver RSSI threshold events
mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA
is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver
that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements.
Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds.
Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold
event occurs.
mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument
mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing
Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 676b58c27475a9defccc025fea1cbd2b141ee539 |
|
07-Jul-2011 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Restart STA timers only on associated state
A panic was observed when the device is failed to resume properly,
and there are no running interfaces. ieee80211_reconfig tries
to restart STA timers on unassociated state.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5e34069cc4cf0d38abfc38e19ad4715036de1540 |
|
30-Jun-2011 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: fix smatch complains
mlme.c
l.757 ieee80211_dynamic_ps_enable_work(11)
variable dereferenced before check 'sdata'
mesh_pathtbl.c
l.650 mesh_path_del(20) double lock 'bottom_half'
l.663 mesh_path_del(33) double unlock 'bottom_half'
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 77b7023afe93b5e3bdcf2c0faaa5e5caafb6ef44 |
|
25-Jun-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: dynamic PS - don't enter PS when TX frames are pending
Use the tx_frames_pending() driver callback to determine if Tx frames are
pending for its internal queues. If so postpone the dynamic PS timeout
to avoid interrupting Tx traffic.
The commit e8306f989483e4b97a8b37dd268de6c8c6f35e75 enabled this
behavior for drivers with IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK. We enable this
for all drivers supporting dynamic PS.
This patch helps improve performance in noisy environments.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a806c558e01747b499201d2667818f03d79ef1e3 |
|
23-Jun-2011 |
Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org> |
mac80211: Drop DS Channel PARAM in directed probe
Do not send DS Channel parameter for directed probe requests
in order to maximize the chance that we get a response. Some
badly-behaved APs don't respond when this parameter is included.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a6af1d848179c17deb94621c2e761769f0d99355 |
|
10-Jun-2011 |
Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org> |
mac80211: Start monitor work on restart
Trigger connection monitor on resume from suspend. Since we
have been sleeping, there is reason to suspect that we might
not still be associated. The speed of detecting loss of
{connection,authentication} is worth the cost of the small
additional traffic at resume.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1d34d108e07680e2c07847d5e69a334cb4f96ab3 |
|
05-Jun-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_get_operstate() function
Add ieee80211_get_operstate() function to get the operstate
of the netdevice.
This is needed for drivers that need to know when the interface
is IF_OPER_UP (e.g. wl12xx), and block notifiers can't be used
(e.g. because the interface is already IF_OPER_UP, like after
resuming from suspend)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bb77f6341728624314f488ebd8b4c69f2caa33ea |
|
07-Jun-2011 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
Revert "mac80211: stop queues before rate control updation"
This reverts commit 1d38c16ce4156f63b45abbd09dd28ca2ef5172b4.
The mac80211 maintainer raised complaints about abuse of the CSA stop
reason, and about whether this patch actually serves its intended
purpose at all.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a331400bf01231253a0d9ab211c83212d2ac4edb |
|
26-May-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: clear local->ps_data on disassoc
local->ps_data wasn't cleared on disassociation, which
(in some corner cases) caused reconnections to enter
psm before association completed.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1d38c16ce4156f63b45abbd09dd28ca2ef5172b4 |
|
20-May-2011 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: stop queues before rate control updation
Stop tx queues before updating rate control to ensure
proper rate selection. Otherwise packets can be transmitted
in 40 Mhz whereas hw is configured in HT20.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1ddc286731134ad52a74b6956d9bc2a4369219a8 |
|
03-May-2011 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Postpond ps timer if tx is stopped by others
Whenever the driver's queue depth reaches the max, the queues are
stopped by the driver till the driver can accept the frames.
At the mean time dynamic_ps_timer can be expired due to not
receiving packet from upper layer which could restart the transmission
at the end of ps work. Due to the mismatch with driver state,
mac80211 is unneccesarity buffering all the frames till the driver
wakes up the queue.
Check whether there is no transmit or the tx queues were stopped by some
reasons. If any of the queue was stopped, the postpond ps timer and
do not restart netif_tx.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 470ab2a23b453518ac86937572b4531d8925ca55 |
|
29-Apr-2011 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: use wake_queue to restart trasmit
netif_tx_start_all_queues is used to allow the upper layer
to transmit frames but it does not restart transmission.
To restart the trasmission use netif_tx_wake_all_queues.
Not doing so, sometimes stalls the transmission and the
application has to be restarted to proceed further.
This issue was originally found while sending udp traffic
in higer bandwidth in open environment without bgscan.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e8306f989483e4b97a8b37dd268de6c8c6f35e75 |
|
06-Apr-2011 |
Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Check for queued frames before entering power save.
In a highly noisy environment, the tx rate of the driver drops and
the application slows down since it has not yet received ACKs for
the frames already queued in the hardware. Since this ACK may take
more than 100ms, stopping the dev queues for entering PS at this
stage breaks applications, WMM test cases in my testing.
If there are frames already pending in the tx queue, postponing the
PS logic helps to avoid redundant queue stops. When power save is
enabled by default and in a noisy environment, this API certainly
helps in improving the average throughput.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ffbd308dce898a857de76d17cc05748505cf4ece |
|
03-Apr-2011 |
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mshajakhan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: remove few obsolete flags
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mshajakhan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 808118cb41dfe12a1ac0e35515ac4d91b170bdf9 |
|
11-Mar-2011 |
Jason Young <a.young.jason@gmail.com> |
mac80211: do not enable ps if 802.1x controlled port is unblocked
If dynamic_ps is disabled, enabling power save before the 4-way
handshake completes may delay the station from being authorized to
send/receive traffic, i.e. increase roaming times. It also may result in
a failed 4-way handshake depending on the AP's timing requirements and
beacon interval, and the station's listen interval.
To fix this, prevent power save from being enabled while the station
isn't authorized and recalculate power save whenever the station's
authorized state changes.
Signed-off-by: Jason Young <a.young.jason@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8628172f45c839376bf2b70bbd326d56e68dadc3 |
|
25-Feb-2011 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: better fix for conn_mon_timer running after disassociate
Is still possible to schedule conn_mon_timer after disassociate from
ieee80211_sta_tx_notify() and ieee80211_offchannel_ps_disable().
Move disassociate check to ieee80211_sta_reset_conn_monitor() to cover
all these cases, and add unlikely since in most the time we call
ieee80211_sta_reset_conn_monitor() when associated.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f3e85b9edeaf8ad0446a37a40c873f3f8898c57d |
|
23-Feb-2011 |
Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix a race on enabling power save.
There is a race on sending a data frame before the tx completion
of nullfunc frame for enabling power save. As the data quickly
follows the nullfunc frame, the AP thinks that the station is out
of power save and continues to send the frames. Whereas in the
station, the nullfunc ack will be processed after the tx completion
of data frame and mac80211 goes to powersave. Thus the power
save state mismatch between the station and the AP causes some
data loss and some applications fail because of that. This patch
fixes this issue.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 05e7c99136554789e4cc060a63334ccaa08ad62d |
|
18-Feb-2011 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: fix conn_mon_timer running after disassociate
Low level driver could pass rx frames to us after disassociate, what
can lead to run conn_mon_timer by ieee80211_sta_rx_notify(). That
is obviously wrong, but nothing happens until we unload modules and
resources are used after free. If kernel debugging is enabled following
warning could be observed:
WARNING: at lib/debugobjects.c:259 debug_print_object+0x65/0x70()
Hardware name: HP xw8600 Workstation
ODEBUG: free active (active state 0) object type: timer_list
Modules linked in: iwlagn(-) iwlcore mac80211 cfg80211 aes_x86_64 aes_generic fuse cpufreq_ondemand acpi_cpufreq freq_table mperf xt_physdev ipt_REJECT nf_conntrack_ipv4 nf_defrag_ipv4 iptable_filter ip_tables ip6t_REJECT nf_conntrack_ipv6 nf_defrag_ipv6 xt_state nf_conntrack ip6table_filter ip6_tables ipv6 ext3 jbd dm_mirror dm_region_hash dm_log dm_mod uinput hp_wmi sparse_keymap sg wmi arc4 microcode serio_raw ecb tg3 shpchp rfkill ext4 mbcache jbd2 sr_mod cdrom sd_mod crc_t10dif firewire_ohci firewire_core crc_itu_t mptsas mptscsih mptbase scsi_transport_sas ahci libahci pata_acpi ata_generic ata_piix floppy nouveau ttm drm_kms_helper drm i2c_algo_bit i2c_core video [last unloaded: cfg80211]
Pid: 13827, comm: rmmod Tainted: G W 2.6.38-rc4-wl+ #22
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff810649cf>] ? warn_slowpath_common+0x7f/0xc0
[<ffffffff81064ac6>] ? warn_slowpath_fmt+0x46/0x50
[<ffffffff81226fc5>] ? debug_print_object+0x65/0x70
[<ffffffff81227625>] ? debug_check_no_obj_freed+0x125/0x210
[<ffffffff8109ebd7>] ? debug_check_no_locks_freed+0xf7/0x170
[<ffffffff81156092>] ? kfree+0xc2/0x2f0
[<ffffffff813ec5c5>] ? netdev_release+0x45/0x60
[<ffffffff812f1067>] ? device_release+0x27/0xa0
[<ffffffff81216ddd>] ? kobject_release+0x8d/0x1a0
[<ffffffff81216d50>] ? kobject_release+0x0/0x1a0
[<ffffffff812183b7>] ? kref_put+0x37/0x70
[<ffffffff81216c57>] ? kobject_put+0x27/0x60
[<ffffffff813d5d1b>] ? netdev_run_todo+0x1ab/0x270
[<ffffffff813e771e>] ? rtnl_unlock+0xe/0x10
[<ffffffffa0581188>] ? ieee80211_unregister_hw+0x58/0x120 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa0377ed7>] ? iwl_pci_remove+0xdb/0x22a [iwlagn]
[<ffffffff8123cde2>] ? pci_device_remove+0x52/0x120
[<ffffffff812f5205>] ? __device_release_driver+0x75/0xe0
[<ffffffff812f5348>] ? driver_detach+0xd8/0xe0
[<ffffffff812f4111>] ? bus_remove_driver+0x91/0x100
[<ffffffff812f5b62>] ? driver_unregister+0x62/0xa0
[<ffffffff8123d194>] ? pci_unregister_driver+0x44/0xa0
[<ffffffffa0377df5>] ? iwl_exit+0x15/0x1c [iwlagn]
[<ffffffff810ab492>] ? sys_delete_module+0x1a2/0x270
[<ffffffff81498889>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_thunk+0x3a/0x3f
[<ffffffff8100bf42>] ? system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4d51e149a6231ea9cc210795cbc358a7c9a8e016 |
|
07-Feb-2011 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Properly set work-item channel-type.
Some were indirectly set to NO_HT (zero), but I think
it's better to explicitly set it in case the enum ever
changes. In cfg.c, it seems the channel-type was just
ignored (and thus always set to NO_HT).
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 180205bdb22b79cd7b2a07a5002dd747badc82f3 |
|
05-Feb-2011 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Make some mlme timers module paramaters.
This allows users to tune the connection-loss algorithms
to be more or less lenient. In particular, larger
null-func retries helps when using lots of virtual
stations on a loaded network.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 172710bf8305c1b145796e34426c865480884024 |
|
29-Jan-2011 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Warn users if HT fails because of freq mismatch.
I have a netgear WNDR3700 that appears to have an off-by-four
bug in how it fills out the hti->control_chan (I configure the
AP to channel 11, it reports 15 as control_chan).
Poke a message into the kernel logs to give users a
clue as to why they are not getting the expected
channel-type or rate.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8c7914dec29f39a6a8ca348a5eeace40a59be65d |
|
31-Jan-2011 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: disable power save if an infra AP vif exists
PS should not be enabled if an infra AP vif exists in
the interface list. So while recalculating PS,
AP vif type should be taken into account.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 59eb21a6504731fc16db4cf9463065dd61093e08 |
|
17-Jan-2011 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
cfg80211: Extend channel to frequency mapping for 802.11j
Extend channel to frequency mapping for 802.11j Japan 4.9GHz band, according to
IEEE802.11 section 17.3.8.3.2 and Annex J. Because there are now overlapping
channel numbers in the 2GHz and 5GHz band we can't map from channel to
frequency without knowing the band. This is no problem as in most contexts we
know the band. In places where we don't know the band (and WEXT compatibility)
we assume the 2GHz band for channels below 14.
This patch does not implement all channel to frequency mappings defined in
802.11, it's just an extension for 802.11j 20MHz channels. 5MHz and 10MHz
channels as well as 802.11y channels have been omitted.
The following drivers have been updated to reflect the API changes:
iwl-3945, iwl-agn, iwmc3200wifi, libertas, mwl8k, rt2x00, wl1251, wl12xx.
The drivers have been compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Prodoehl <bprodoehl@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bfc31df33b162540c6c3e1473e022cd0a312a522 |
|
14-Jan-2011 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Show max retry-counts in kernel messages.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c658e5db01117bf2a321a9a782754dd5b10e2f15 |
|
07-Dec-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix a compiler warning
net/mac80211/mlme.c: In function 'ieee80211_sta_work':
net/mac80211/mlme.c:1981: warning: too many arguments for format
Introduced by commit 04ac3c0ee2c773c321ec472d892635a20556f34d
("mac80211: speed up AP probing using nullfunc frames").
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0ab82b04ac83a05bda3ef8499f415fc6fd6ee206 |
|
03-Dec-2010 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: fix dynamic-ps/pm_qos magic numbers
mac80211 uses pm_qos (/dev/network_latency) in order to determine the
dynamic ps timeout (or disable the dynamic-ps at all in some cases).
commit ff616381 added a comparison for the current network_latency
against one high value (1900ms), and against the default value
(2000sec, rather than the commented 2sec).
however, the representation of 1900ms was incorrect:
1900ms = 1900000us ( != 1900000000 )
fix it by using USEC_TO_MSEC/SEC consts.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 04ac3c0ee2c773c321ec472d892635a20556f34d |
|
02-Dec-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: speed up AP probing using nullfunc frames
If the nullfunc frame used to probe the AP was not acked, there is no point
in waiting for the probe timeout, so advance to the next try (or disconnect)
immediately.
If we do reach the probe timeout without having received a tx status, the
connection is probably really bad and worth disconnecting.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 75706d0e9d19601534446982b70102bb9327169b |
|
02-Dec-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: remove a redundant check
ieee80211_is_nullfunc() implies ieee80211_is_data()
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 72a8a3edd630995662bdc85957206685f376f9c4 |
|
23-Nov-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: reduce the number of retries for nullfunc probing
Since nullfunc frames are transmitted as unicast frames, they're more
reliable than the broadcast probe requests, so we need fewer retries
to figure out whether the AP is really gone.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4e5ff37692df35c8826f1291204841b174d3c3ce |
|
23-Nov-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: use nullfunc instead of probe request for connection monitoring
nullfunc frames are better for connection monitoring, because probe requests
are answered even if the AP has already dropped the connection, whereas
nullfunc frames from an unassociated station will trigger a disassoc/deauth
frame from the AP (WLAN_REASON_CLASS3_FRAME_FROM_NONASSOC_STA), which allows
the station to reconnect immediately instead of waiting until it attempts to
transmit the next unicast frame.
This only works on hardware with reliable tx ACK reporting, any other hardware
needs to fall back to the probe request method.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 46090979a55a0dc2cdb3d939f94fa47742108194 |
|
23-Nov-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: probe the AP when resuming
Check the connection by probing the AP (either using nullfunc or a
probe request). If nullfunc probing is supported and the assoc is no
longer valid, the AP will send a disassoc/deauth immediately.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7ccc8bd7593634d827e8bc55898a5038e29848b5 |
|
19-Nov-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: calculate beacon loss time accurately
Instead of using a fixed 2 second timeout, calculate beacon loss interval
from the advertised beacon interval and a frame count. With this beacon
loss happens after N (default 7) consecutive frames are missed which
for a typical setup (100TU beacon interval) is ~700ms (or ~1/3 previous).
Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c8a7972c3b3633bf90daf50b135665d8ca4838c4 |
|
19-Nov-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: restart beacon miss timer on system resume from suspend
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a619a4c0e1fd4e8c360c63d0df3fa0a401107d69 |
|
11-Nov-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Add function to get probe request template for current AP
Chipsets with hardware based connection monitoring need to autonomically
send directed probe-request frames to the AP (in the event of beacon loss,
for example.)
For the hardware to be able to do this, it requires a template for the frame
to transmit to the AP, filled in with the BSSID and SSID of the AP, but also
the supported rate IE's.
This patch adds a function to mac80211, which allows the hardware driver to
fetch this template after association, so it can be configured to the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b38afa87698375179026224522c2e48dcbf17e65 |
|
08-Oct-2010 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Improve mlme probe response log messages.
Old messages didn't mention the device in question.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 53f73c09d64f1fa7d7e6e8b6bb7468d42eddc92d |
|
05-Oct-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: avoid transmitting delBA to old AP
When roaming while we have active BA session,
we can end up transmitting delBA frames to
the old AP while we're already on the new AP's
channel, which can cause warnings.
Simply avoid sending those frames, but still
tear down the internal session state, since
they are not really necessary anyway as we
will implicitly disassociate when sending the
association to the new AP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e7480bbb926c5816e4fbfca70748096bbe0e4978 |
|
01-Oct-2010 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: fix channel assumption for association done work
Be consistent and use the wk->chan instead of the
local->hw.conf.channel for the association done work.
This prevents any possible races against channel changes
while we run this work.
In the case that the race did happen we would be initializing
the bit rates for the new AP under the assumption of a wrong
channel and in the worst case, wrong band. This could lead
to trying to assuming we could use CCK frames on 5 GHz, for
example.
This patch has a fix for kernels >= v2.6.34
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 025e6be220e448c02045e8499c7db8ce4bc8eea2 |
|
05-Oct-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix deadlock with multiple interfaces
The locking around ieee80211_recalc_smps is
buggy -- it cannot acquire another interface's
mutex while the iflist mutex is held because
another code path could be holding the iface
mutex and trying to acquire the iflist mutex.
But the locking is also unnecessary, we only
check "ifmgd->associated" as a bool, and don't
use the pointer (in check_mgd_smps).
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d8ec44335c974cc8bf67ce70c63071d4e0702509 |
|
01-Oct-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Add validity check for beacon_crc value
On association to an AP, after receiving beacons, the beacon_crc value is set.
The beacon_crc value is not reset in disassociation, but the BSS data may be
expired at a later point. When associating again, it's possible that a
beacon for the AP is not received, resulting in the beacon_ies to remain NULL.
After association, further beacons will not update the beacon data, as the
crc value of the beacon has not changed, and the beacon_crc still holds a
value matching the beacon. The beacon_ies will remain forever null.
One of the results of this is that WLAN power save cannot be entered, the STA
will remain foreven in active mode.
Fix this by adding a validation flag for the beacon_crc, which is cleared on
association.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f2176d7240e4f455a6e007703c7512fbde926dc8 |
|
28-Sep-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Fix WMM driver queue configuration
The WMM parameter configuration function (ieee80211_sta_wmm_params) only
configures the WMM parameters to the driver is the wmm_last_param_set
counter value is changed by the AP.
The wmm_last_param_set is initialized to -1 on association in order to ensure
the configuration is made to the driver at least once on association, but
currently this initialization is done *after* the WMM parameter configuration
function was called.
This leads to unreliability in the driver getting properly configured on first
association (depending on what counter value the AP happens to use.) When
disassociating (the wmm default parameters are configured to the driver) and
then reassociating, due to the above the WMM configuration is not set to the
driver at all.
On drivers without beacon filtering the problem is corrected by later beacons,
but on drivers with beacon filtering the WMM will remain permanently incorrectly
configured.
Fix this by moving the initialization of wmm_last_param_set to -1 before
ieee80211_sta_wmm_params is called on association.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f01a067d9e4598c71e3c9ee3a84859d2e8af4f8e |
|
16-Sep-2010 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: send last 3/5 probe requests as unicast
Some buggy APs do not respond to unicast probe requests
or send unicast probe requests very delayed so in the
worst case we should try to send broadcast probe requests,
otherwise we can get disconnected from these APs.
Even if drivers do not have filters to disregard probe
responses from foreign APs mac80211 will only process
probe responses from our associated AP for re-arming
connection monitoring.
We need to do this since the beacon monitor does not
push back the connection monitor by design so even if we
are getting beacons from these type of APs our connection
monitor currently relies heavily on the way the probe
requests are received on the AP. An example of an AP
affected by this is the Nexus One, but this has also been
observed with random APs.
We can probably optimize this later by using null funcs
instead of probe requests.
For more details refer to:
http://code.google.com/p/chromium-os/issues/detail?id=5715
This patch has fixes for stable kernels [2.6.35+].
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Amod Bodas <amod.bodas@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d3a910a8e4e846b9a767d35483f4dc7c6de7af82 |
|
16-Sep-2010 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: make the beacon monitor available externally
This will be used by other components next. The beacon
monitor was added as of 2.6.34 so these fixes are applicable
only to kernels >= 2.6.34.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Amod Bodas <amod.bodas@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0c699c3a75d4e8d0d2c317f83048d8fd3ffe692a |
|
16-Sep-2010 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: reset probe send counter upon connection timer reset
Upon beacon loss we send probe requests after 30 seconds of idle
time and we wait for each probe response 1/2 second. We send a
total of 3 probe requests before giving up on the AP. In the case
that we reset the connection idle monitor we should reset the probe
requests count to 0. Right now this won't help in any way but
the next patch will.
This patch has fixes for stable kernel [2.6.35+].
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Amod Bodas <amod.bodas@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| be099e82e9cf6d5d65d044e9ef6fc8bee3c7a113 |
|
16-Sep-2010 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: add helper for reseting the connection monitor
This will be used in another place later. The connection
monitor was added as of 2.6.35 so these fixes will be
applicable to >= 2.6.35.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Amod Bodas <amod.bodas@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 46a5ebaf02d69e26ee0f47a0b8d2d9bc619240d4 |
|
15-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: use lockdep_assert_held
Instead of using a WARN_ON(!mutex_is_locked())
use lockdep_assert_held() which compiles away
completely when lockdep isn't enabled, and
also is a more accurate assertion since it
checks that the current thread is holding the
mutex.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 391a200a89bf85bd38f117f34898c24299e3d53d |
|
27-Aug-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Do not generate CQM events based on first Beacon frames
The signal strength value in a single RX frame is not that reliable,
so it is better to delay start of CQM events until there is a real
average signal strength from more than a single Beacon frame
available.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3ba06c6fbd651ed3377e584026d1c112b492cc8b |
|
27-Aug-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Fix signal strength average initialization for CQM events
The ave_beacon_signal value uses 1/16 dB unit and as such, must be
initialized with the signal level of the first Beacon frame multiplied
by 16. This fixes an issue where the initial CQM events are reported
incorrectly with a burst of events while the running average
approaches the correct value after the incorrect initialization. This
could cause user space -based roaming decision process to get quite
confused at the moment when we would like to go through authentication
and DHCP.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b9dcf712d1fb98bf279fcd453a42a763b104961d |
|
27-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up ifdown/cleanup paths
There's a lot of redundant code in mac80211's
interface cleanup/down, for example freeing
AP beacons is done both when the interface is
set DOWN as well as when it is torn down, of
which only the former has any effect.
Also, a bunch of things should be closer to
where they matter, like the MLME timers that
we should cancel when disassociating, rather
than only when the interface is set DOWN.
Clean up all this code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a621fa4d6a7fdf9d34938d2e129a72624833eeeb |
|
27-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow changing port control protocol
Some vendor specified mechanisms for 802.1X-style
functionality use a different protocol than EAP
(even if EAP is vendor-extensible). Support this
in mac80211 via the cfg80211 API for it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0fb9a9ec27718fbf7fa3153bc94becefb716ceeb |
|
21-Aug-2010 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net/mac80211: Use wiphy_<level>
Standardize logging messages from
printk(KERN_<level> "%s: " fmt , wiphy_name(foo), args);
to
wiphy_<level>(foo, fmt, args);
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d1f5b7a34aa5ff703c4966ea2652d4212ac75940 |
|
05-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to request SM PS mode change
Sometimes drivers have more information than the
stack about how their antennas/chains are used,
and may require that the SM PS mode be changed.
This could happen, for example, when detecting
that the user disconnected an antenna. Thus this
patch introduces API to allow drivers to request
SM PS mode changes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7da7cc1d42d8ce02cca16df8c021e6d657f1f8fd |
|
05-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: per interface idle notification
Sometimes we don't just need to know whether or
not the device is idle, but also per interface.
This adds that reporting capability to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a1699b75a1db31a1da2f0fc610ee696d02a19280 |
|
30-Jul-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: unify scan and work mutexes
Having both scan and work mutexes is not just
a bit too fine grained, it also creates issues
when there's code that needs both since they
then need to be acquired in the right order,
which can be hard to do.
Therefore, use just a single mutex for both.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e5b900d228b76d445a4240d9aeb3cd8f79205a91 |
|
29-Jul-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to request DTIM period
Some features require knowing the DTIM period
before associating. This implements the ability
to wait for a beacon in mac80211 before assoc
to provide this value. It is optional since
most likely not all drivers will need this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9dca9c490146e787472bc05b264e043311a4c67b |
|
21-Jul-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: refuse shared key auth when WEP is unavailable
When WEP is not available, we should reject shared
key authentication because it could never succeed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4ced3f74dae18715920cb680098ec7ff4345d0a3 |
|
19-Jul-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move QoS-enable to BSS info
Ever since
commit e1b3ec1a2a336c328c336cfa5485a5f0484cc90d
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Mon Mar 29 12:18:34 2010 +0200
mac80211: explicitly disable/enable QoS
mac80211 is telling drivers, in particular
iwlwifi, whether QoS is enabled or not.
However, this is only relevant for station mode,
since only then will any device send nullfunc
frames and need to know whether they should be
QoS frames or not. In other modes, there are
(currently) no frames the device is supposed to
send.
When you now consider virtual interfaces, it
becomes apparent that the current mechanism is
inadequate since it enables/disables QoS on a
global scale, where for nullfunc frames it has
to be on a per-interface scale.
Due to the above considerations, we can change
the way mac80211 advertises the QoS state to
drivers to only ever advertise it as "off" in
station mode, and make it a per-BSS setting.
Tested-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f90754c15f47063671aea55268a9dd6a37b51492 |
|
21-Jun-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Add interface for driver to temporarily disable dynamic ps
This mechanism introduced in this patch applies (at least) for hardware
designs using a single shared antenna for both WLAN and BT. In these designs,
the antenna must be toggled between WLAN and BT.
In those hardware, managing WLAN co-existence with Bluetooth requires WLAN
full power save whenever there is Bluetooth activity in order for WLAN to be
able to periodically relinquish the antenna to be used for BT. This is because
BT can only access the shared antenna when WLAN is idle or asleep.
Some hardware, for instance the wl1271, are able to indicate to the host
whenever there is BT traffic. In essence, the hardware will send an indication
to the host whenever there is, for example, SCO traffic or A2DP traffic, and
will send another indication when the traffic is over.
The hardware gets information of Bluetooth traffic via hardware co-existence
control lines - these lines are used to negotiate the shared antenna
ownership. The hardware will give the antenna to BT whenever WLAN is sleeping.
This patch adds the interface to mac80211 to facilitate temporarily disabling
of dynamic power save as per request of the WLAN driver. This interface will
immediately force WLAN to full powersave, hence allowing BT coexistence as
described above.
In these kind of shared antenna desings, when WLAN powersave is fully disabled,
Bluetooth will not work simultaneously with WLAN at all. This patch does not
address that problem. This interface will not change PSM state, so if PSM is
disabled it will remain so. Solving this problem requires knowledge about BT
state, and is best done in user-space.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 05e48e8e437148298f4673e1efe81f9ead5f41d7 |
|
14-Jun-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Protect Deauthentication frame when using MFP
When management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is used,
Deauthentication frame needs to be protected when the pairwise key is
configured. mac80211 was removing the station entry (and its keys)
before actually sending out the Deauthentication frame. Fix this by
reordering the code to send the frame before the station entry gets
removed. This matches an earlier change that handled the Disassociation
frame processing, but missed Deauthentication frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ff61638105db6f5832ef8700436ba6aa6d3a2fda |
|
09-Jun-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Fix ps-qos network latency handling
The ps-qos latency handling is broken. It uses predetermined latency values
to select specific dynamic PS timeouts. With common AP configurations, these
values overlap with beacon interval and are therefore essentially useless
(for network latencies less than the beacon interval, PSM is disabled.)
This patch remedies the problem by replacing the predetermined network latency
values with one high value (1900ms) which is used to go trigger full psm. For
backwards compatibility, the value 2000ms is still mapped to a dynamic ps
timeout of 100ms.
Currently also the mac80211 internal value for storing user space configured
dynamic PSM values is incorrectly in the driver visible ieee80211_conf struct.
Move it to the ieee80211_local struct.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 685429623f88d84f98bd5daffc3c427c408740d4 |
|
09-Jun-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Fix circular locking dependency in ARP filter handling
There is a circular locking dependency when configuring the
hardware ARP filters on association, occurring when flushing the mac80211
workqueue. This is what happens:
[ 92.026800] =======================================================
[ 92.030507] [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
[ 92.030507] 2.6.34-04781-g2b2c009 #85
[ 92.030507] -------------------------------------------------------
[ 92.030507] modprobe/5225 is trying to acquire lock:
[ 92.030507] ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8105b5c0>] flush_workq
ueue+0x0/0xb0
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] but task is already holding lock:
[ 92.030507] (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] which lock already depends on the new lock.
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] -> #2 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81341754>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x300
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022d47c>] ieee80211_assoc_done+0x6c/0xe0 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022f2ad>] ieee80211_work_work+0x31d/0x1280 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] -> #1 ((&local->work_work)){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105a51a>] worker_thread+0x22a/0x370
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105ecc6>] kthread+0x96/0xb0
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81003a94>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] -> #0 ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81075fdc>] __lock_acquire+0x1c0c/0x1d50
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105b60e>] flush_workqueue+0x4e/0xb0
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa023ff7b>] ieee80211_stop_device+0x2b/0xb0 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa0231635>] ieee80211_stop+0x3e5/0x680 [mac80211]
The locking in this case is quite complex. Fix the problem by rewriting the
way the hardware ARP filter list is handled - i.e. make a copy of the address
list to the bss_conf struct, and provide that list to the hardware driver
when needed.
The current patch will enable filtering also in promiscuous mode. This may need
to be changed in the future.
Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bed7ee6e44cb7633a4f9821688a6c7ae977615ed |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: always process blockack action from workqueue
To prepare for making the ampdu_action callback
sleep, make mac80211 always process blockack
action frames from the skb queue. This gets rid
of the current special case for managed mode
interfaces as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 77a121c3a88eb00a4b5e753d083dbb7d49fefb0a |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: pull mgmt frame rx into rx handler
Some code is duplicated between ibss, mesh and
managed mode regarding the queueing of management
frames. Since all modes now use a common skb
queue and a common work function, we can pull
the queueing code into the rx handler directly
and remove the duplicated length checks etc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 36b3a628a4e85d002ee8813ebd2a5caef6d3c1a7 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: common work skb freeing
All the management processing functions free the
skb after they are done, so this can be done in
the new common code instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1fa57d017366fb26b58af110a38b36a4f0214a62 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use common work function
Even with the previous patch, IBSS, managed
and mesh modes all attach their own work
function to the shared work struct, which
means some duplicated code. Change that to
only have a frame processing function and a
further work function for each of them and
share some common code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 64592c8fc0e99d445fc3fdedddeb6088e20086f1 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use common work struct
IBSS, managed and mesh modes all have their
own work struct, and in the future we want
to also use it in other modes to process
frames from the now common skb queue.
This also makes the skb queue and work safe
to use from other interface types.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 35f20c14a103ca2c7062999e934a513b83d84de6 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use common skb queue
IBSS, managed and mesh modes all have an
skb queue, and in the future we want to
also use it in other modes, so make them
all use a common skb queue already.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2a419056c15478d2df3f3e9d4fa64e34eb1faa7d |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: simplify station/aggregation code
A number of places use RCU locking for accessing
the station list, even though they do not need
to. Use mutex locking instead to prepare for the
locking changes I want to make. The mlme code is
also using a WLAN_STA_DISASSOC flag that has the
same meaning as WLAN_STA_BLOCK_BA, so use that.
While doing so, combine places where we loop
over stations twice, and optimise away some of
the loops by checking if the hardware supports
aggregation at all first.
Also fix a more theoretical race condition: right
now we could resume, set up an aggregation session,
and right after tear it down again due to the code
that is needed for hardware reconfiguration here.
Also mark add a comment to that code marking it as
a workaround.
Finally, remove a pointless aggregation disabling
loop when an interface is stopped, directly after
that we remove all stations from it which will also
disable all aggregation sessions that may still be
active, and does so in a race-free way unlike the
current loop that doesn't block new sessions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9d38d85de0270e3927bffab94973a9c78d1dc800 |
|
09-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: allow action frame TX/RX in IBSS
When in IBSS mode, currently action frame TX and RX
cannot be used. Allow using it to talk to any peer,
or for public action frames. Also, while at it,
restructure the code in mac80211 to make it easier
to add this for other interface types in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b054b747a694927879c94dd11af54d04346aed7d |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix deauth before assoc
When we receive a deauthentication frame before
having successfully associated, we neither print
a message nor abort assocation. The former makes
it hard to debug, while the latter later causes
a warning in cfg80211 when, as will typically be
the case, association timed out.
This warning was reported by many, e.g. in
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15981,
but I couldn't initially pinpoint it. I verified
the fix by hacking hostapd to send a deauth frame
instead of an association response.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Miles Lane <miles.lane@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 11b7c60988e5fbabb4e150612931cc068559af16 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: fix lock leak w/ ARP filtering and w/o CONFIG_INET
"mac80211: make ARP filtering depend on CONFIG_INET" introduced this
potential locking leak.
Reported-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8b9a4e6e442756f670ef507f09bbc6c11dc0fca6 |
|
28-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: process station blockack action frames from work
Processing an association response could take a bit
of time while we set up the hardware etc. During that
time, the AP might already send a blockack request.
If this happens very quickly on a fairly slow machine,
we can end up processing the blockack request before
the association processing has finished. Since the
blockack processing cannot sleep right now, we also
cannot make it wait in the driver.
As a result, sometimes on slow machines the iwlagn
driver gets totally confused, and no traffic can pass
when the aggregation setup was done before the assoc
setup completed.
I'm working on a proper fix for this, which involves
queuing all blockack category action frames from a
work struct, and also allowing the ampdu_action driver
callback to sleep, which will generally clean up the
code and make things easier.
However, this is a very involved and complex change.
To fix the problem at hand in a way that can also be
backported to stable, I've come up with this patch.
Here, I simply process all aggregation action frames
from the managed interface skb queue, which means
their processing will be serialized with processing
the association response, thereby fixing the problem.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 26b36cfefaf2be98b225e3c1a399edb0daf52ddd |
|
04-Jun-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: make ARP filtering depend on CONFIG_INET
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2b2c009ecf71f4c66ff8420b63dddbc9737e04e3 |
|
27-May-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Add support for hardware ARP query filtering
Some hardware allow extended filtering of ARP frames not intended for
the host. To perform such filtering, the hardware needs to know the current
IP address(es) of the host, bound to its interface.
Add support for ARP filtering to mac80211 by adding a new op to the driver
interface, allowing to configure the current IP addresses. This op is called
upon association with the currently configured address(es), and when
associated whenever the IP address(es) change.
This patch adds configuration of IPv4 addresses only, as IPv6 addresses don't
need ARP filtering.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 252aa631f88080920a7083ac5a5844ffc5463629 |
|
19-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: make action channel type optional
When sending action frames, we want to verify
that we do that on the correct channel. However,
checking the channel type in addition can get in
the way, since the channel type could change on
the fly during an association, and it's not
useful to have the channel type anyway since it
has no effect on the transmission. Therefore,
make it optional to specify so that if wanted,
it can still be checked, but is not required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 77c2061d10a408d0220c2b0e7faefe52d9c41008 |
|
18-May-2010 |
Walter Goldens <goldenstranger@yahoo.com> |
wireless: fix several minor description typos
Signed-off-by: Walter Goldens <goldenstranger@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9feaddc77b2a2ee460f39d1420f9675db972659e |
|
06-May-2010 |
Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> |
mac80211: check channel switch mode for future frames transmit
Check the mode in channel switch ie for either 0 or 1 on transmission.
A channel switch mode set to 1 means that the STA in a BSS to which the
frame containing the element is addressed shall transmit no further
frames within the BSS until the scheduled channel switch.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5ce6e438d5d9ed8ed775cd1e94f92002c8da2bad |
|
11-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add offload channel switch support
This adds support for offloading the channel switch
operation to devices that support such, typically
by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons
for this could be that the firmware provides better
timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the
device requires special handling of CSAs.
In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to
the device, the new channel_switch callback will
pass through the received frame's mactime, where
available.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ed77134bfccf5e75b6cbadab268e559dbe6a4ebb |
|
06-May-2010 |
Mark Gross <mgross@linux.intel.com> |
PM QOS update
This patch changes the string based list management to a handle base
implementation to help with the hot path use of pm-qos, it also renames
much of the API to use "request" as opposed to "requirement" that was
used in the initial implementation. I did this because request more
accurately represents what it actually does.
Also, I added a string based ABI for users wanting to use a string
interface. So if the user writes 0xDDDDDDDD formatted hex it will be
accepted by the interface. (someone asked me for it and I don't think
it hurts anything.)
This patch updates some documentation input I got from Randy.
Signed-off-by: markgross <mgross@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
|
| 0aaffa9b9699894aab3266195a529baf9f96ac29 |
|
05-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: improve HT channel handling
Currently, when one interface switches HT mode,
all others will follow along. This is clearly
undesirable, since the new one might switch to
no-HT while another one is operating in HT.
Address this issue by keeping track of the HT
mode per interface, and allowing only changes
that are compatible, i.e. switching into HT40+
is not possible when another interface is in
HT40-, in that case the second one needs to
fall back to HT20.
Also, to allow drivers to know what's going on,
store the per-interface HT mode (channel type)
in the virtual interface's bss_conf.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 79733a865c7fd778ce45e3503962b3a875b0a153 |
|
05-May-2010 |
Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove association work when processing deauth request
In https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15794 a user encountered the
following:
[18967.469098] wlan0: authenticated
[18967.472527] wlan0: associate with 00:1c:10:b8:e3:ea (try 1)
[18967.472585] wlan0: deauthenticating from 00:1c:10:b8:e3:ea by local choice (reason=3)
[18967.672057] wlan0: associate with 00:1c:10:b8:e3:ea (try 2)
[18967.872357] wlan0: associate with 00:1c:10:b8:e3:ea (try 3)
[18968.072960] wlan0: association with 00:1c:10:b8:e3:ea timed out
[18968.076890] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[18968.076898] WARNING: at net/wireless/mlme.c:341 cfg80211_send_assoc_timeout+0xa8/0x140()
[18968.076900] Hardware name: GX628
[18968.076924] Pid: 1408, comm: phy0 Not tainted 2.6.34-rc4-00082-g250541f-dirty #3
[18968.076926] Call Trace:
[18968.076931] [<ffffffff8103459e>] ? warn_slowpath_common+0x6e/0xb0
[18968.076934] [<ffffffff8157c2d8>] ? cfg80211_send_assoc_timeout+0xa8/0x140
[18968.076937] [<ffffffff8103ff8b>] ? mod_timer+0x10b/0x180
[18968.076940] [<ffffffff8158f0fc>] ? ieee80211_assoc_done+0xbc/0xc0
[18968.076943] [<ffffffff81590d53>] ? ieee80211_work_work+0x553/0x11c0
[18968.076945] [<ffffffff8102d931>] ? finish_task_switch+0x41/0xb0
[18968.076948] [<ffffffff81590800>] ? ieee80211_work_work+0x0/0x11c0
[18968.076951] [<ffffffff810476fb>] ? worker_thread+0x13b/0x210
[18968.076954] [<ffffffff8104b6b0>] ? autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x30
[18968.076956] [<ffffffff810475c0>] ? worker_thread+0x0/0x210
[18968.076959] [<ffffffff8104b21e>] ? kthread+0x8e/0xa0
[18968.076962] [<ffffffff810031f4>] ? kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10
[18968.076964] [<ffffffff8104b190>] ? kthread+0x0/0xa0
[18968.076966] [<ffffffff810031f0>] ? kernel_thread_helper+0x0/0x10
[18968.076968] ---[ end trace 8aa6265f4b1adfe0 ]---
As explained by Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>:
We authenticate successfully, and then userspace requests association.
Then we start that process, but the AP doesn't respond. While we're
still waiting for an AP response, userspace asks for a deauth. We do
the deauth, but don't abort the association work. Then once the
association work times out we tell cfg80211, but it no longer wants
to know since for all it is concerned we accepted the deauth that
also kills the association attempt.
Fix this by, upon receipt of deauth request, removing the association work
and continuing to send the deauth.
Unfortunately the user reporting the issue is not able to reproduce this
problem anymore and cannot verify this fix. This seems like a well understood
issue though and I thus present the patch.
Bug-identified-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 195e294d21e88af879da4f88db2ceeb4ec28a755 |
|
26-Apr-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Determine dynamic PS timeout based on ps-qos network latency
Determine the dynamic PS timeout based on the configured ps-qos network
latency. For backwards wext compatibility, allow the dynamic PS timeout
configured by the cfg80211 to overrule the automatically determined value.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7bdfcaaff5de368a88a4f784f7283b66c17d051d |
|
20-Apr-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Fix ieee80211_sta_conn_mon_timer with hw connection monitoring
When IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR is configured by the driver, starting
of ieee80211_sta_conn_mon_timer should be prevented, as it is then not needed.
This is currently partially the case. As it seems, when a probe-response is
received from the AP the timer is still restarted, thus restarting the host
based connection keep-alive mechanism. These probe-responses happen at least
when scanning while associated.
Fix this by preventing starting of the ieee80211_sta_conn_mon_timer in the
ieee80211_rx_mgmt_probe_resp function.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fe6f212ce12341df18ef9b890bea739b4547157b |
|
19-Apr-2010 |
Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> |
mac80211: pass HT changes to driver when off channel
Since "mac80211: make off-channel work generic" drivers have not been
notified of configuration changes after association or authentication. This
caused more dependence on current state to ensure driver will be notified
when configuration changes occur. One such problem arises if off-channel is
in progress when HT information changes. Since HT is only enabled on the
"oper_channel" the driver will never be notified of this change. Usually
the driver is notified soon after of a BSS information change
(BSS_CHANGED_HT) ... but since the driver did not get a notification that
this is a HT channel the new BSS information does not make sense.
Fix this by also changing the off-channel information when HT is enabled
and thus cause driver to be notified correctly.
This fixes a problem in 4965 when associated with 5GHz 40MHz channel.
Without this patch the system can associate but is unable to transfer any
data, not even ping.
See http://bugzilla.intellinuxwireless.org/show_bug.cgi?id=2158
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b5878a2dc5e7e7f031a52c3e15b571224cb6b540 |
|
07-Apr-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: enhance tracing
Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of
callbacks that the drivers call, and also for
internal calls (currently limited to queue status).
This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211
in interaction with drivers, since we can now see
what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls
in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d5cdfacb35ed886271d1ccfffbded98d3447da17 |
|
04-Apr-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
cfg80211: Add local-state-change-only auth/deauth/disassoc
cfg80211 is quite strict on allowing authentication and association
commands only in certain states. In order to meet these requirements,
user space applications may need to clear authentication or
association state in some cases. Currently, this can be done with
deauth/disassoc command, but that ends up sending out Deauthentication
or Disassociation frame unnecessarily. Add a new nl80211 attribute to
allow this sending of the frame be skipped, but with all other
deauth/disassoc operations being completed.
Similar state change is also needed for IEEE 802.11r FT protocol in
the FT-over-DS case which does not use Authentication frame exchange
in a transition to another BSS. For this to work with cfg80211, an
authentication entry needs to be created for the target BSS without
sending out an Authentication frame. The nl80211 authentication
command can be used for this purpose, too, with the new attribute to
indicate that the command is only for changing local state. This
enables wpa_supplicant to complete FT-over-DS transition successfully.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e69e95dbecfb73f76765cdd16dadc6219a9068e3 |
|
30-Mar-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Send deauth/disassoc prior to dropping STA entry
When management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is used, the
deauthentication and disassociation frames must be protected whenever
the encryption keys are configured. We were removing the STA entry and
with it, the keys, just before actually sending out these frames which
meant that the frames went out unprotected. The AP will drop them in
such a case. Fix this by reordering the operations a bit so that
sta_info_destroy_addr() gets called only after
ieee80211_send_deauth_disassoc().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 17e4ec147f4939ca8c81b41b4261ec7974531381 |
|
30-Mar-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Track Beacon signal strength and implement cqm events
Calculate a running average of the signal strength reported for Beacon
frames and indicate cqm events if the average value moves below or
above the configured threshold value (and filter out repetitive events
with by using the configured hysteresis).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e1b3ec1a2a336c328c336cfa5485a5f0484cc90d |
|
29-Mar-2010 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: explicitly disable/enable QoS
Add interface to disable/enable QoS (aka WMM or WME). Currently drivers
enable it explicitly when ->conf_tx method is called, and newer disable.
Disabling is needed for some APs, which do not support QoS, such
we should send QoS frames to them.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5a0e3ad6af8660be21ca98a971cd00f331318c05 |
|
24-Mar-2010 |
Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> |
include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h
percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.
percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.
http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py
The script does the followings.
* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.
* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.
* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.
The conversion was done in the following steps.
1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.
2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.
3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.
4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.
5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.
6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.
7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).
* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig
8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.
Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
|
| a97c13c34509be460dea23c86f31c02daa2428b5 |
|
23-Mar-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Add support for connection quality monitoring
Add support for the set_cqm_config op. This op function configures the
requested connection quality monitor rssi threshold and rssi hysteresis
values to the hardware if the hardware supports
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM.
For unsupported hardware, currently -EOPNOTSUPP is returned, so the mac80211
is currently not doing connection quality monitoring on the host. This could be
added later, if needed.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1e4dcd012423b6a28f968a55886d2b27896a1586 |
|
19-Mar-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Add support for connection monitor in hardware
This patch is based on a RFC patch by Kalle Valo.
The wl1271 has a feature which handles the connection monitor logic
in hardware, basically sending periodically nullfunc frames and reporting
to the host if AP is lost, after attempting to recover by sending
probe-requests to the AP.
Add support to mac80211 by adding a new flag IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR
which prevents conn_mon_timer from triggering during idle periods, and
prevents sending probe-requests to the AP if beacon-loss is indicated by the
hardware.
Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2a13052fe495948e572839e514e0e0cd236c50b0 |
|
09-Mar-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Fix (dynamic) power save entry
Currently hardware with !IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK and
IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS will never enter PSM due to the
conditions in the power save entry functions.
Fix those conditions.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4fa004373133ece3d9b1c0a7e243b0e53760b165 |
|
01-Mar-2010 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix HT rate control configuration
Handling HT configuration changes involved setting the channel
with the new HT parameters and then issuing a rate_update()
notification to the driver.
This behavior changed after the off-channel changes. Now, the channel
is not updated with the new HT params in enable_ht() - instead, it
is now done when the scan work terminates. This results in the driver
depending on stale information, defaulting to non-HT mode always.
Fix this by passing the new channel type to the driver.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9c87ba6734422034fccb938da1039ed63da1395c |
|
27-Feb-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Fix reassociation processing (within ESS roaming)
Commit e1dd33f60ced091114e4aacf141e0d03b88d3e13 changed cfg80211 to
allow association commands while in associated state to enable support
for roaming within an ESS. However, this was not enough to resolve all
cases with mac80211 which needs some additional handling of the
reassociation case to clear internal state with the BSS that was in use
previously.
This patch makes ieee80211_mgd_assoc() accept a valid reassociation
command and clean the association state with the previous BSS. This
fixes roaming between BSSes in an ESS when using wpa_supplicant with
-Dnl80211.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 026331c4d9b526561ea96f95fac4bfc52b69e316 |
|
14-Feb-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames
This implements a new command to register for action frames
that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel
rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that
it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but
the socket can be closed for that.
Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded
to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the
cfg80211 API helps implementing that.
Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows
doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be
used either to exchange action frames on the current
operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are
currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public
Action frames with the remain-on-channel command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4cad6c7c38930618d77e65af82c1403d63879eee |
|
10-Feb-2010 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Deny TX BA session requests during disassociation
In associated state, when bringing an interface down, existing
BA sessions are torn down. When this is in progress, nothing
prevents mac80211 from accepting another BA session start request.
Use a new station flag to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 375177bf35efc08e1bd37bbda4cc0c8cc4db8500 |
|
09-Feb-2010 |
Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Retry null data frame for power save.
Even if the null data frame is not acked by the AP, mac80211
goes into power save. This might lead to loss of frames
from the AP.
Prevent this by restarting dynamic_ps_timer when ack is not
received for null data frames.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 29165e4c8b265a415f1fd1dca947b5d4c72abc47 |
|
06-Feb-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix deauth race
When userspace requests a deauth while the
authentication work is pending in the auth
(not probe) state, we do not properly abort
the work and then things get confused.
Fix that and also improve the checks here
to include the correct virtual interface,
just in case two virtual interfaces would
ever try to connect to the same BSS.
Also fix a bug -- need to use list_del_rcu
instead of just list_del to free a work
item.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 34e895075e21be3e21e71d6317440d1ee7969ad0 |
|
03-Feb-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep
Many drivers would like to sleep during station
addition and removal, and currently have a high
complexity there from not being able to.
This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and
sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead
of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and
the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to
fail.
The reason we didn't do this previously is that
the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the
RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep.
This patch will keep the station allocation in
that path, but moves adding the station to the
driver out of line. Since the addition can now
fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver
rejected -- in that case we still talk to the
station but never tell the driver about it in
the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be
a driver that has a low limit on the number of
stations and that cannot talk to any stations
that are not known to it, we need to do come up
with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs,
maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 070bb5477fb4029131aad4941d7aaf0093db0c38 |
|
03-Feb-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: don't probe if we have probe response
We can now easily determine whether we already
have probe response information for the BSS we
are asked to connect to, in which case there's
little point in probing the BSS again.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 56007a028c51cbf800a6c969d6f6431d23443b99 |
|
26-Jan-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: wait for beacon before enabling powersave
Because DTIM information is required for powersave
but is only conveyed in beacons, wait for a beacon
before enabling powersave, and change the way the
information is conveyed to the driver accordingly.
mwl8k doesn't currently seem to implement PS but
requires the DTIM period in a different way; after
talking to Lennert we agreed to just have mwl8k do
the parsing itself in the finalize_join work.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 43d3534344bbdcfa9c61a6b38490cd4cbb2f6bb6 |
|
15-Jan-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: force use_short_slot=true for 5GHz
Normally 5GHz does not have a concept of long vs short slot time,
however the slot time that it ends up using is the same as for 2.4 GHZ
and use_short_slot == true
Because of that, it makes more sense to force use_short_slot = true
whenever 5 GHz is being used, so that this particular check does not
have to be in every single driver that uses this flag.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 50ae0cf15c3da2f6a8e4558de5010923e84736b2 |
|
12-Jan-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: add debugfs interface for U-APSD queue configuration
Because it's not yet decided how to configure which queues are U-APSD
enabled, add a debugfs interface for testing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ab13315af97919fae0e014748105fdc2e30afb2d |
|
12-Jan-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: add U-APSD client support
Add Unscheduled Automatic Power-Save Delivery (U-APSD) client support. The
idea is that the data frames from the client trigger AP to send the buffered
frames with ACs which have U-APSD enabled. This decreases latency and makes it
possible to save even more power.
Driver needs to use IEEE80211_HW_UAPSD to enable the feature. The current
implementation assumes that firmware takes care of the wakeup and
hardware needing IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK is not yet supported.
Tested with wl1251 on a Nokia N900 and Cisco Aironet 1231G AP and running
various test traffic with ping.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5e124bd5e00fcf54df555b368c2dafe6886f1df2 |
|
09-Jan-2010 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net/mac80211/mlme.c: Remove unnecessary semicolons
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 90be561b119a9e5439733f09cc70bd4ce9ec8022 |
|
08-Jan-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix return from ieee80211_assoc_success
sparse pointed out that I made a mistake converting
the return value of ieee80211_assoc_success to bool,
this place should return false instead of one of the
enum values (which would be true).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d524215f6cad245249df8def19125ae6fd0bcc9b |
|
08-Jan-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: use nullfunc frames for 4-addr sta detection
To detect incoming 4-addr stations, hostapd needs to receive a 4-addr
data frame from the remote station, so that it can create the AP VLAN
for it. With this patch, the mlme code emits a 4-addr nullfunc frame
immediately after assoc. On the AP side it also drops 4-addr nullfunc
frames to the cooked monitor mode interface, if the interface hasn't
been fully set up to receive 4-addr data frames yet.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d8cd189e9b1e050629f545e76b21a321f62c29bf |
|
05-Jan-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: use PS Poll and Nullfunc templates when sending such frames
To avoid duplicate code, use ieee80211_[pspoll|nullfunc]_get() to get
templates for PS Poll and Nullfunc frames in mlme.c.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d79074488083ec0d7ecd15352192dc1631f25643 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add missing sanity checks for action frames
Various missing sanity checks caused rejected action frames to be
interpreted as channel switch announcements, which can cause a client
mode interface to switch away from its operating channel, thereby losing
connectivity. This patch ensures that only spectrum management action
frames are processed by the CSA handling function and prevents rejected
action frames from getting processed by the MLME code.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8a5b33f55452c226aa0e47d737e541985ff10e16 |
|
06-Jan-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
Revert "mac80211: replace netif_tx_{start,stop,wake}_all_queues"
This reverts commit 53623f1a09c7a7d23b74f0f7d93dba0ebde1006b.
This was inadvertantly missed in "mac80211: fix skb buffering issue",
and is required with that patch to restore proper queue operation.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e4da8c37af626001ff704fb29ea14eb58f5f7208 |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make off-channel work generic
This changes mac80211 to allow being off-channel for
any type of work, not just the 'remain-on-channel'
work. This also helps fast transition to a BSS on a
different channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b8bc4b0aa9bfba755c64b11b8f60e6cfab25dc9d |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: support remain-on-channel command
This implements the new remain-on-channel cfg80211
command in mac80211, extending the work interface.
Also change the work purge code to be able to clean
up events properly (pretending they timed out.)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0c1ad2cac1cb54db38fd4cc1822965071ee83f6e |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: proper bss private data handling
cfg80211 offers private data for each BSS struct,
which mac80211 uses. However, mac80211 uses internal
and external (cfg80211) BSS pointers interchangeably
and has a hack to put the cfg80211 bss struct into
the private struct.
Remove this hack, properly converting between the
pointers wherever necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 77c8144ad3ee7fae834e13cb7e83f5b7c8c5329e |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: refactor association
Refactor the code to reserve an skb of the right size
(instead of hoping 200 bytes are enough forever), and
also put HT IE generation into an own function.
Additionally, put the HT IE before the vendor-specific
WMM IE. This still leaves things not quite ordered
correctly, due to user-specified IEs, add a note about
that for now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| af6b63741cc4e4dfd575d06beb333b11a8a6e0c0 |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: generalise work handling
In order to use auth/assoc for different purposes
other than MLME, it needs to be split up. For other
purposes, a generic work handling (potentially on
another channel) will be useful.
To achieve that, this patch moves much of the MLME
work handling out of mlme into a new work API. The
API can currently handle probing a specific AP,
authentication and association. The MLME previously
handled probe/authentication as one step and will
continue to do so, but they are separate in the new
work handling.
Work items are RCU-managed to be able to check for
existence of an item for a specific frame in the RX
path, but they can be re-used which the MLME right
now will do for its combined probe/auth step.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f679f65d417c3ea3f91b4bbfb68e3951c9eb8f04 |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: generalise management work a bit
As a first step of generalising management work,
this renames a few things and puts more information
directly into the struct so that auth/assoc need
not access the BSS pointer as often -- in fact it
can be removed from auth completely. Also since the
previous patch made sure a new work item is used
for association, we can make the different data a
union.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 63f170e0c80a131cdd549fab7afb5036009944fc |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: let cfg80211 manage auth state
mac80211 currently hangs on to the auth state by
keeping it on the work list. That can lead to
confusing behaviour like rejecting scans while
authenticated to any AP (but not yet associated.)
It also means that it needs to keep track of the
work struct while associated for when it gets
disassociated (or disassociates.)
Change this to free the work struct after the
authentication completed successfully and
allocate a new one for associating, thereby
letting cfg80211 manage the auth state. Another
change necessary for this is to tell cfg80211
about all unicast deauth frames sent to mac80211
since now it can no longer check the auth state,
but that check was racy anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9607e6b66a0d25ca63b70d54a4283fa13d8f7c9d |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_sdata_running
Instead of always using netif_running(sdata->dev)
use ieee80211_sdata_running(sdata) now which is
just an inline containing netif_running() for now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5d1ec85f00e999dba61bdcbd959d62439d418e56 |
|
02-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: dont try to use existing sta for AP
Clean out some cruft that could use an already existing
sta_info struct -- that case cannot happen. Also, there's
a bug there -- if allocation/insertion fails then it is
possible that we are left in a lingering state where
mac80211 waits for the AP, cfg80211 waits for mac80211,
but the AP has already replied. Since there's no way to
indicate an internal error, pretend there was a timeout,
i.e. that the AP never responded.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f38fd12fa7b7b98e158a9b31d388da34eef25c22 |
|
01-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: allow disabling 40MHz on 2.4GHz
In some situations it is required that a system be
configured with no support for 40 MHz channels in
the 2.4 GHz band. Rather than imposing any such
restrictions on everybody, allow configuration a
system like that with a module parameter. It is
writable at runtime but only takes effect at the
time of the next association.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0f78231bffb868a30e8533aace142213266bb811 |
|
01-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: enable spatial multiplexing powersave
Enable spatial multiplexing in mac80211 by telling the
driver what to do and, where necessary, sending action
frames to the AP to update the requested SMPS mode.
Also includes a trivial implementation for hwsim that
just logs the requested mode.
For now, the userspace interface is in debugfs only,
and let you toggle the requested mode at any time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 47846c9b0c10808d9337d2e7d09361f3e0a0a71a |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev
For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have
a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so
prepare for that by reducing the reliance on
having a netdev. This patch moves the name
and address fields into the sdata struct and
uses them from there all over. Some work is
needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not
a lot of work and in slow paths anyway.
In doing so, this also reduces the number of
pointer dereferences in many places, because
of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming
sdata->vif.addr.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| abe60632f311d515b082b450504ee24006023951 |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make station management completely depend on vif
The station management currently uses the virtual
interface, but you cannot add the same station to
multiple virtual interfaces if you're communicating
with it in multiple ways.
This restriction should be lifted so that in the
future we can, for instance, support bluetooth 3
with an access point that mac80211 is already
associated to.
We can do that by requiring all sta_info_get users
to provide the virtual interface and making the RX
code aware that an address may match more than one
station struct. Thanks to the previous patches this
one isn't all that large and except for the RX and
TX status paths changes has low complexity.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0183826b58a2712ffe608bc3302447be3e6a3ab8 |
|
17-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix WMM AP settings application
My
commit 77fdaa12cea26c204cc12c312fe40bc0f3dcdfd8
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Tue Jul 7 03:45:17 2009 +0200
mac80211: rework MLME for multiple authentications
inadvertedly broke WMM because it removed, along with
a bunch of other now useless initialisations, the line
initialising sdata->u.mgd.wmm_last_param_set to -1
which would make it adopt any WMM parameter set. If,
as is usually the case, the AP uses WMM parameter set
sequence number zero, we'd never update it until the
AP changes the sequence number.
Add the missing initialisation back to get the WMM
settings from the AP applied locally.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.31+]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bc83b6819289c031c439a5aa18ba0fd539d14f3e |
|
29-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: recalculate idle later in MLME
hwsim testing has revealed that when the MLME
recalculates the idle state of the device, it
sometimes does so before sending the final
deauthentication or disassociation frame. This
patch changes the place where the idle state
is recalculated, but of course driver transmit
is typically asynchronous while configuration
is expected to be synchronous, so it doesn't
fix all possible cases yet.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a58ce43f2fb17b728395ff530f019ca53c80145f |
|
19-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: avoid spurious deauth frames/messages
With WEXT, it happens frequently that the SME
requests an authentication but then deauthenticates
right away because some new parameters came along.
Every time this happens we print a deauth message
and send a deauth frame, but both of that is rather
confusing. Avoid it by aborting the authentication
process silently, and telling cfg80211 about that.
The patch looks larger than it really is:
__cfg80211_auth_remove() is split out from
cfg80211_send_auth_timeout(), there's no new code
except __cfg80211_auth_canceled() (a one-liner) and
the mac80211 bits (7 new lines of code).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 62ae67be31c2346b6d74653a148ddbd1b9a94424 |
|
18-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove encrypt parameter from ieee80211_tx_skb
Since the flags moved into skb->cb, there's no
longer a need to have the encrypt bool passed
into the function, anyone who requires it set
to 0 (false) can just set the flag directly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b23709248fc9b6d5877f9c741d639a160ed21ff6 |
|
16-Nov-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Do not queue Probe Request frames for station MLME
Cooked monitor interfaces cannot currently receive Probe Request
frames when the interface is in station mode. However, we do not
process Probe Request frames internally in the station MLME, so there
is no point in queueing the frame here. Remove Probe Request frames
from the queued frame list to allow cooked monitor interfaces to
receive these frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 53623f1a09c7a7d23b74f0f7d93dba0ebde1006b |
|
15-Oct-2009 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: replace netif_tx_{start,stop,wake}_all_queues
Replace netif_tx_{start,stop,wake}_all_queues with the single-queue
equivalents (i.e. netif_{start,stop,wake}_queue). Since we are down to
a single queue, these should peform slightly better.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ce470613cdfde70f25419cc52a4816315825f5d9 |
|
13-Oct-2009 |
Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de> |
cfg80211: no cookies in cfg80211_send_XXX()
Get rid of cookies in cfg80211_send_XXX() functions.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2ef6e4440926668cfa9eac4b79e63528ebcbe0c1 |
|
20-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: keep auth state when assoc fails
When association fails, we should stay authenticated,
which in mac80211 is represented by the existence of
the mlme work struct, so we cannot free that, instead
we need to just set it to idle.
(Brought to you by the hacking session at Kernel Summit 2009 in Tokyo,
Japan. -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0ff716136ab73d2fc1edc0664e38169e7a76bb9a |
|
26-Sep-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: improve/fix mlme messages
It's useful to know the MAC address when being
disassociated; fix a typo (missing colon) and
move some messages so we get them only when they
are actually taking effect.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5bf6fcc2bbfb90d997f88c969f1ceee35d064a24 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Check pending scan request after having processed mgd work
When the queued management work items are processed in
ieee80211_sta_work() an item could be removed. This could change the
anybusy from true to false, so we better check whether we can start a
new scan only after having processed the pending work first.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e21546a2a3953a7d4b9d5c9b1cf12184ffceab96 |
|
06-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: stay authenticated after disassoc
After being disassociated by the AP, mac80211 currently
reports this to cfg80211, and then goes to delete the
association. That's fine, but cfg80211 assumes that it's
still authenticated, however, mac80211 throws away all
state.
This fixes mac80211 to keep track of the authentication
in that case so that cfg80211 can request a deauth or
new association properly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d1c5091f23fed5195271e2849f89017d3a126521 |
|
31-Jul-2009 |
Maxim Levitsky <maximlevitsky@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Increase timeouts for station polling
Do a probe request every 30 seconds, and wait for probe response,
half a second This should lower the traffic that card sends, thus save
power Wainting longer for response makes probe more robust against
'slow' access points
Signed-off-by: Maxim Levitsky <maximlevitsky@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a43abf293965230c93a4b74e5d10b9d60b153ab4 |
|
31-Jul-2009 |
Maxim Levitsky <maximlevitsky@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Retry probe request few times
Retry 5 times (chosen arbitary ), before assuming
that station is out of range.
Fixes frequent disassociations while connected to weak,
and sometimes even strong access points.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Levitky <maximlevitsky@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8b19e6ca3bac7e04e93fb73f561d670e77c5fae6 |
|
31-Jul-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: enable country IE support to all cfg80211 drivers
Since the bss is always set now once we are connected, if the
bss has its own information element we refer to it and pass that
instead of relying on mac80211's parsing.
Now all cfg80211 drivers get country IE support, automatically and
we reduce the call overhead that we had on mac80211 which called this
upon every beacon and instead now call this only upon a successfull
connection by a STA on cfg80211.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 056508dcb6890586745aa937e779f00fde05531b |
|
30-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix powersave
Some of the recent MLME rework I did broke powersave
because the ps_sdata isn't assigned at the right time,
and the work item wasn't removed from the list before
calling ieee80211_recalc_ps(). To be more specific,
this broke the case where you'd enabled PS before
associating, either automatically or with iwconfig.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 42935ecaf4e784d0815afa9a7e5fe7e141157ca3 |
|
30-Jul-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: redefine usage of the mac80211 workqueue
The mac80211 workqueue exists to enable mac80211 and drivers
to queue their own work on a single threaded workqueue. mac80211
takes care to flush the workqueue during suspend but we never
really had requirements on drivers for how they should use
the workqueue in consideration for suspend.
We extend mac80211 to document how the mac80211 workqueue should
be used, how it should not be used and finally move raw access to
the workqueue to mac80211 only. Drivers and mac80211 use helpers
to queue work onto the mac80211 workqueue:
* ieee80211_queue_work()
* ieee80211_queue_delayed_work()
These helpers will now warn if mac80211 already completed its
suspend cycle and someone is trying to queue work. mac80211
flushes the mac80211 workqueue prior to suspend a few times,
but we haven't taken the care to ensure drivers won't add more
work after suspend. To help with this we add a warning when
someone tries to add work and mac80211 already completed the
suspend cycle.
Drivers should ensure they cancel any work or delayed work
in the mac80211 stop() callback.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8d8b261a5c11bd043b9b0e0c7e6c49d57611e3ae |
|
25-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix receiving deauth
Marcel reported a warning, which quite obviously comes
from an oversight in the code handling deauth frames,
and which resulted in multiple follow-up warnings due
to this missing handling. This patch adds the missing
deauth handling (telling cfg80211 about it) and also
removes the follow-up warnings since they could happen
due to races even if nothing is wrong. I've explained
the races in the comments.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 91a3bd76155085d41520cf41ede39e8b7f01aeff |
|
24-Jul-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: fix MLME issuing of probe requests while scanning
We were issuing probe requests to the associated AP on the wrong
band by having our beacon timer loss trigger while we are scanning.
When we would scan the timer could hit and force us to send a
probe request to the AP but with a chance we'd be on the wrong band.
This leads to finding no usable bitrate but we should not get so
far on the xmit path. We should not be trying to send these probe
request frames so prevent ieee80211_mgd_probe_ap() from sending
these.
As it turns out all callers of ieee80211_mgd_probe_ap() need this
check so we just move the scan check there. This means we can remove
the recenlty added check during ieee80211_sta_monitor_work().
Additionally we now fix a race condition added by the patch
"mac80211: do not monitor the connection while scanning" which
had the same check in ieee80211_sta_conn_mon_timer(). The race
happens because the timer routine *does* a valid check for
scanning but after it queues work into the mac80211 workqueue
the work callback can kick off with scanning enabled and cause
the same issue we were trying to avoid.
The more appropriate solution would be to disable the respective
timers during scan and re-enable them after scan but requires more
complex code and testing.
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Reported-by: Fabio Rossi <rossi.f@inwind.it>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 485318471e85c1ddb5e3056fa30fdbbc46d759c6 |
|
23-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix mlme timeouts
When a new MLME work is created, its timeout is initialised
to 0. This is wrong, it could then be thought of as having
an actual timeout in the future (time_is_after_jiffies() can
return true). Instead, it should be initialised to jiffies
so that it will run right away as soon as the mlme work is
executed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Luciano Roth Coelho <luciano.coelho@nokia.com>
Reported-by: Alban Browaeys <prahal@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fbe9c429f195111bbf7f1630efa19aee295fd8e7 |
|
23-Jul-2009 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Replace {sw, hw}_scanning variables with a bitfield
Use a bitfield to store the current scan mode instead of two boolean
variables {sw,hw}_scanning. This patch does not introduce functional
changes but allows us to enhance the scan flags later (for example
for background scanning).
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 78f1a8b758d57c2d2c9f3db7199cd30803854c82 |
|
27-Jul-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: do not queue work after suspend in the dynamic ps timer
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a99d02483a40b9410d8a7af3b653ebc3f106280f |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> |
mac80211: do not monitor the connection while scanning
mac80211 constantly monitors the connection to the associated AP
in order to check if it is out of reach/dead.
This is absolutely fine most of the time.
Except when there is a scheduled scan for the whole neighborhood.
After all this path could trigger while scanning on different channel.
Or even worse: this AP probing triggers a WARN_ON in rate_lowest_index
when the scan code did a band transition!
( http://www.kerneloops.org/raw.php?rawid=449304 )
Reported-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0e2b6286805c419d28a4c1e19e3a121af7449b20 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: cancel the connection monitor timers/work
In "mac80211: monitor the connection" I forgot to
add code to cancel the new timers & work when the
interface is brought down, which isn't a problem
if you just bring it down, but _is_ a problem when
you destroy the interface. Correct this lapse.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b291ba11181d46dfbd2d7a5c00a5f3335228191e |
|
10-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: monitor the connection
With the recent MLME rework I accidentally removed the connection
monitoring code. In order to add it back, this patch will add new
code to monitor both for beacon loss and for the connection actually
working, with possibly separate triggers.
When no unicast frames have been received from the AP for (currently)
two seconds, we will send the AP a probe request. Also, when we don't
see beacons from the AP for two seconds, we do the same (but those
times need not be the same due to the way the code is now written).
Additionally, clean up the parameters to the ieee80211_set_disassoc()
function that I need here, those are all useless except sdata.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ca386f3137eb68621fadba546d9eb35ac2f82de3 |
|
10-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix multi-use timer
We have, sometimes, multiple things that want to
run but don't have their own timer. Introduce a
new function to mac80211's mlme run_again() that
makes sure that the timer will run again at the
_first_ needed time, use that function and also
properly reprogram the timer once it fired.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fffd0934b9390f34bec45762192b7edd3b12b4b5 |
|
08-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: rework key operation
This reworks the key operation in cfg80211, and now only
allows, from userspace, configuring keys (via nl80211)
after the connection has been established (in managed
mode), the IBSS been joined (in IBSS mode), at any time
(in AP[_VLAN] modes) or never for all the other modes.
In order to do shared key authentication correctly, it
is now possible to give a WEP key to the AUTH command.
To configure static WEP keys, these are given to the
CONNECT or IBSS_JOIN command directly, for a userspace
SME it is assumed it will configure it properly after
the connection has been established.
Since mac80211 used to check the default key in IBSS
mode to see whether or not the network is protected,
it needs an update in that area, as well as an update
to make use of the WEP key passed to auth() for shared
key authentication.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 667503ddcb96f3b10211f997fe55907fa7509841 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: fix locking
Over time, a lot of locking issues have crept into
the smarts of cfg80211, so e.g. scan completion can
race against a new scan, IBSS join can race against
leaving an IBSS, etc.
Introduce a new per-interface lock that protects
most of the per-interface data that we need to keep
track of, and sprinkle assertions about that lock
everywhere. Some things now need to be offloaded to
work structs so that we don't require being able to
sleep in functions the drivers call. The exception
to that are the MLME callbacks (rx_auth etc.) that
currently only mac80211 calls because it was easier
to do that there instead of in cfg80211, and future
drivers implementing those calls will, if they ever
exist, probably need to use a similar scheme like
mac80211 anyway...
In order to be able to handle _deauth and _disassoc
properly, introduce a cookie passed to it that will
determine locking requirements.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| cb0b4beb93d14429bf0c50fc1ab8e26348dca880 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: mlme API must be able to sleep
After the mac80211 mlme cleanup, we can require that
the MLME functions in cfg80211 can sleep. This will
simplify future work in cfg80211 a lot.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 77fdaa12cea26c204cc12c312fe40bc0f3dcdfd8 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rework MLME for multiple authentications
Sit tight. This shakes up the world as you know
it. Let go of your spaghetti tongs, they will no
longer be required, the horrible statemachine in
net/mac80211/mlme.c is no more...
With the cfg80211 SME mac80211 now has much less
to keep track of, but, on the other hand, for FT
it needs to be able to keep track of at least one
authentication being in progress while associated.
So convert from a single state machine to having
small ones for all the different things we need to
do. For real FT it will still need work wrt. PS,
but this should be a good step.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a7c1cfc9616ee76213a6d4fd4c17f13fdc92ddce |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove dead code from mlme
The ap_capab and last_probe struct members are unused.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3e5d7649a64e558e4146ddfad4dfcf13fc65dd47 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: let SME control reassociation vs. association
Since we don't really know that well in the kernel,
let's let the SME control whether it wants to use
reassociation or not, by allowing it to give the
previous BSSID in the associate() parameters.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 19957bb399e2722719c0e20c9ae91cf8b6aaff04 |
|
02-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: keep track of BSSes
In order to avoid problems with BSS structs going away
while they're in use, I've long wanted to make cfg80211
keep track of them. Without the SME, that wasn't doable
but now that we have the SME we can do this too. It can
keep track of up to four separate authentications and
one association, regardless of whether it's controlled
by the cfg80211 SME or the userspace SME.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 517357c685ccc4b5783cc7dbdae8824ada19a97f |
|
02-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: assimilate and export ieee80211_bss_get_ie
This function from mac80211 seems generally useful, and
I will need it in cfg80211 soon.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ab1faead50d09165b58c2854997c7205ca9c0d22 |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove dead code, clean up
With mac80211 now always controlled by an external SME,
a lot of code is dead -- SSID, BSSID, channel selection
is always done externally, etc. Additionally, rename
IEEE80211_STA_TKIP_WEP_USED to IEEE80211_STA_DISABLE_11N
and clean up the code a bit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6dc1cb0319997648f59b0f46b9e093e779f0353d |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove auth algorithm retry
The automatic auth algorithm issue is now solved in
cfg80211, so mac80211 no longer needs code to try
different algorithms -- just using whatever cfg80211
asked for is good.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bc92afd92088ab41223383cc6863ab4792533c54 |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: implement iwpower
Just on/off and timeout, and with a hacky cfg80211 method
until we figure out what we want, though this is probably
sufficient as we want to use pm_qos for wifi everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f21293549f60f88c74fcb9944737f11048896dc4 |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: managed mode wext compatibility
This adds code to make it possible to use the cfg80211
connect() API with wireless extensions, and because the
previous patch added emulation of that API with auth()
and assoc(), by extension also supports wext on that.
At the same time, removes code from mac80211 for wext,
but doesn't yet clean up mac80211's mlme code more.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0575606b086ad216b7b1976ca9b9a6e711db92f0 |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: tell SME about real auth state
When the auth algorithm is rejected, but we don't have
another one to try, we will eventually retry but that
isn't useful -- we'll then do it again and again until
we eventually give up. Instead, we should let the SME
know and go into disabled state. The same applies for
situations where the AP rejects with any other status
code.
Additionally, when trying the next auth algorithm, we
should reset the auth_tries so that just a single lost
frame doesn't lead to us giving up on the third auth
algorithm.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e6d6e3420d511cd7552a95d1f04bd4c80a9ddb34 |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: use proper allocation flags
Instead of hardcoding GFP_ATOMIC everywhere, add a
new function parameter that gets the flags from the
caller. Obviously then I need to update all callers
(all of them in mac80211), and it turns out that now
it's ok to use GFP_KERNEL in almost all places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f1d58c2521eb160178b2151d6326d8dc5d7c8560 |
|
17-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb
Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into
skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it
in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that
drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now
accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all
drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making
them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive
function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be
optimised on its own schedule.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1fa6f4af9f55bc1b753af04276984429d6b5a613 |
|
15-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix wext bssid/ssid setting
When changing to a new BSSID or SSID, the code in
ieee80211_set_disassoc() needs to have the old data
still valid to be able to disconnect and clean up
properly. Currently, however, the old data is thrown
away before ieee80211_set_disassoc() is ever called,
so fix that by calling the function _before_ the old
data is overwritten.
This is (one of) the issue(s) causing mac80211 to hold
cfg80211's BSS structs forever, and them thus being
returned in scan results after they're long gone.
http://www.intellinuxwireless.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=2015
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7e9debe9789456426ec8574ead879e33da19ee57 |
|
15-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: disconnect when user changes channel
If we do not disconnect when a channel switch is requested,
we end up eventually detection beacon loss from the AP and
then disconnecting, without ever really telling the AP, so
we might just as well disconnect right away.
Additionally, this fixes a problem with iwlwifi where the
driver will clear some internal state on channel changes
like this and then get confused when we actually go clear
that state from mac80211.
It may look like this patch drops the no-IBSS check, but
that is already handled by cfg80211 in the wext handler it
provides for IBSS (cfg80211_ibss_wext_siwfreq).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 68f2d02669f7102be80aae47155f45e18950d223 |
|
11-Jun-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Do not try to associate with an empty SSID
It looks like some programs (e.g., NM) are setting an empty SSID with
SIOCSIWESSID in some cases. This seems to trigger mac80211 to try to
associate with an invalid configuration (wildcard SSID) which will
result in failing associations (or odd issues, potentially including
kernel panic with some drivers) if the AP were to actually accept this
anyway).
Only start association process if the SSID is actually set. This
speeds up connection with NM in number of cases and avoids sending out
broken association request frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4e751843d406a4d0471c207872b9e24957de8357 |
|
10-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: disable PS while probing AP
When associated, but probing the AP because we detected
beacon loss, we need to disable powersave to be able to
receive the probe response. Change the code to do that by
checking whether we're trying to probe when determining
the possibility of going into PS, and recalculate the PS
ability at the necessary spots.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 43f7853180ed522944b3b1d4979cdb9f2b103ca3 |
|
10-Jun-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: disable moving between PS modes during scan
We don't want to trigger moving between PS mode during scan,
because then we will sometimes end up sending nullfunc frames
during scan. We're supposed to only send one prior to scan
and after scan.
This fixes an oops which occured due to an assert in ath9k:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-wireless&m=124277331319024
The assert was happening because the rate control algorithm
figures it should find at least one valid dual stream or
single stream rate. Since we allow mac80211 to send nullfunc
frames during scan and dynamic PS was enabled at times we ended
up trying to send nullfunc frames for the target sta on the
wrong band for which we have no valid rate to communicate with
it. This breaks the assumptions in rate control.
We determine we also need to disable moving between PS modes
when not associated so lets just add that now as well, and we
should not have a ps_sdata when that interface cannot actually
go into PS because it's not associated.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0bffe40f21e2ddc5215b1faec4e8dbbc215e7d4d |
|
09-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: don't use master netdev name
Always use the wiphy name instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a971be223f243311a8014ddfc721f68e3ef2da9c |
|
21-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: correct probe wait time
My first patch submission used 200ms, which I then somehow
managed to revert back to the earlier 50ms I had used for
some tests in the second patch submission -- but that was
wrong, I should have used 200ms here. Correct that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4ef699fb771d347b31ddafd214c0dd47b90f7f0f |
|
19-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix probe response wait timing
In "mac80211: split out and decrease probe wait time" I tried
to reduce the time waiting for a probe response, but failed to
take into account the case where we are detecting beacon loss
in software -- in that case we still wait the monitoring time
rather than the probe wait time. Fix this by refactoring the
mod_timer() calls in ieee80211_associated().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9cef873798dfcdc10ff40b02abf1de935ceeba85 |
|
14-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix managed mode BSSID handling
Currently, we will ask the driver to configure right away
when somebody changes the desired BSSID. That's totally
strange because then we will configure the driver without
even knowing whether the BSS exists. Change this to only
configure the BSSID when associated, and configure a zero
BSSID when not associated.
As a side effect, this fixes an issue with the iwlwifi
driver which doesn't implement sta_notify properly and
uses the BSSID instead and gets very confused if the
BSSID is cleared before we disassociate, which results
in the warning Marcel posted [1] and iwlwifi bug 1995 [2].
[1] http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/32598
[2] http://www.intellinuxwireless.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=1995
Cc: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 175427ce40bd5a3f973a76c46502875f0eed877c |
|
19-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: don't try to do anything on unchanged genIE
When the genIE hasn't changed there's no reason to kick
the state machine since it won't be able to do anything
new -- doing this decreases the useless work we do for
reassociating because if we do kick the state machine
it will try to find a usable BSS but there might not be
one because wpa_supplicant will only change the BSSID
a little later.
In a sense this is a workaround for userspace behaviour,
but on the other hand userspace cannot really keep track
of what the kernel currently has for genIE since any
process could have changed that while wpa_supplicant
wasn't looking.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 30196673fe17934617b5d5bfd456a0edf057a0b9 |
|
19-May-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: PS processing for every Beacon with our AID in TIM
If the AP includes our AID in the TIM IE, we need to process the
Beacon frame as far as PS is concerned (send PS-Poll or nullfunc data
with PM=0). The previous code skipped this in cases where the CRC
value did not change and it would not change if the AP continues
including our AID in the TIM..
There is no need to count the crc32 value for directed_tim with this
change, so we can remove that part. In order not to change the order
of operations (i.e., update WMM parameters prior to sending PS-Poll),
the CRC match is checked twice as only after the PS processing step,
the rest of the function is skipped if nothing changed in the Beacon.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5bb644a0fd25a5e083ecbfaa92a211db99aa6ef7 |
|
17-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: cancel/restart all timers across suspend/resume
We forgot to cancel all timers in mac80211 when suspending.
In particular we forgot to deal with some things that can
cause hardware reconfiguration -- while it is down.
While at it we go ahead and add a warning in ieee80211_sta_work()
if its run while the suspend->resume cycle is in effect. This
should not happen and if it does it would indicate there is
a bug lurking in either mac80211 or mac80211 drivers.
With this now wpa_supplicant doesn't blink when I go to suspend
and resume where as before there where issues with some timers
running during the suspend->resume cycle. This caused a lot of
incorrect assumptions and would at times bring back the device
in an incoherent, but mostly recoverable, state.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| cc32abd494c0a8f76f2638e3f3a76e01c68bc9ea |
|
15-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move channel switch code
The channel switch code is currently in the spectrum
management file, where arguably it belongs. However,
it is for managed mode only and uses the structures
for that mode only so having it in a more generic
file can be confusing. Additionally, my next patch
gets simpler with the code here.
When/if we ever implement this for IBSS or mesh then
we will need to rework the structures it uses anyway
at which point we could move the code back.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 92778180f7fca7f7797de8020900a7fea175f7e3 |
|
14-May-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Cancel pending probereq poll on beacon RX
While the probe request poll is expected to work, it looks like it
does not always result in getting a response. The exact reason for
this is unclear, but anyway, if we do receive a Beacon frame from our
AP, there is no need to disconnect based on the probereq poll. This
seems to help keep the connection bit more stable in cases where
beacon loss is occurring semi-frequently.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 768777ea1118f6ff3f1a013557e7bc4f5d2683a4 |
|
02-May-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: check if HT40+/- is allowed before sending assoc
We weren't checking this at all.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 689da1b3b8b37ff41e79f3fb973c06cdfeef12e5 |
|
02-May-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
wireless: rename IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_* to HT40-/+
This is more consistent with our nl80211 naming convention
for HT40-/+.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e0502de6fe85b66ee51647eb75bc5af3c885d712 |
|
12-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split out and decrease probe wait time
The time we wait for a probe response after probing an AP due to
beacon loss is currently the same as the monitoring interval, 2s.
This is far too long, APs should respond to probes within a
fraction of that time. To be able to adjust both values, add a
new constant IEEE80211_PROBE_WAIT, use it for checking the probe
response, and adjust it down to 200ms instead of 2 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 34bfc411f63c8b0efb328b7574fc97bc1714cb29 |
|
12-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: respond to beacon loss report only once
The driver might keep reporting beacon loss until we
disassociate -- catch that and don't respond to any
subsequent events until the probe is either successful
or we disassociate.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3f77316c6b99f596bfbf72c0542f47f7230b702e |
|
11-May-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211: Add IEEE 802.1X PAE control for station mode
Add a new NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT flag for NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE to
allow user space to indicate that it will control the IEEE 802.1X port
in station mode. Previously, mac80211 was always marking the port
authorized in station mode. This was enough when drop_unencrypted flag
was set. However, drop_unencrypted can currently be controlled only
with WEXT and the current nl80211 design does not allow fully secure
configuration. Fix this by providing a mechanism for user space to
control the IEEE 802.1X port in station mode (i.e., do the same that
we are already doing in AP mode).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 413ad50a5c15f3bae8075c15b101679f05c37a69 |
|
08-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: properly track HT operation_mode
When we disassociate, we set the channel to non-HT which
obviously invalidates any ht_operation_mode setting. But
when we then associate with the next AP again, we might
still have the ht_operation_mode from the previous AP
cached and fail to configure the hardware with the new
(but unchanged) operation mode. This patch fixes it by
separately tracking whether our cache is valid.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9ed6bcce77f75d98af6ee07069deac6041948bee |
|
08-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move HT operation mode BSS info
There really is no need to have a separate struct for a
single variable. The fact that it exists is due to the
code legacy, but we can remove that now. Very simple.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| aa837e1d6bd1a71b3c30c7738b6c29d41512fe7d |
|
07-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: set default QoS values according to spec
We've never really cared about the default QoS (WMM) values, but
we really should if the AP doesn't send any. This patch makes
mac80211 use the default values according to 802.11-2007, and
additionally syncs the default values when we disassociate so
whatever the last AP said gets "unconfigured".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6cfe62cd58da862db04d4eb61f218f65b0cedbb3 |
|
05-May-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix sparse warning for ssid_len on ieee80211_sta_config_auth()
net/mac80211/mlme.c:2079:28: warning: symbol 'ssid_len' shadows an earlier one
net/mac80211/mlme.c:2022:12: originally declared here
ssid_len is already being declared and checked above so there is
no need for it again.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5cff20e6c5a6591a79d3b027af222870f52bb550 |
|
29-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: tell driver when idle
When we aren't doing anything in mac80211, we can turn off
much of the hardware, depending on the driver/hw. Not doing
anything, aka being idle, means:
* no monitor interfaces
* no AP/mesh/wds interfaces
* any station interfaces are in DISABLED state
* any IBSS interfaces aren't trying to be in a network
* we aren't trying to scan
By creating a new function that verifies these conditions and calling
it at strategic points where the states of those conditions change,
we can easily make mac80211 tell the driver when we are idle to save
power.
Additionally, this fixes a small quirk where a recalculated powersave
state is passed to the driver even if the hardware is about to stopped
completely.
This patch intentionally doesn't touch radio_enabled because that is
currently implemented to be a soft rfkill which is inappropriate here
when we need to be able to wake up with low latency.
One thing I'm not entirely sure about is this:
phy0: device no longer idle - in use
wlan0: direct probe to AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d try 1
wlan0 direct probe responded
wlan0: authenticate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d
wlan0: authenticated
> phy0: device now idle
> phy0: device no longer idle - in use
wlan0: associate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d
wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:11:24:91:07:4d (capab=0x401 status=0 aid=1)
wlan0: associated
Is it appropriate to go into idle state for a short time when we have
just authenticated, but not associated yet? This happens only with the
userspace SME, because we cannot really know how long it will wait
before asking us to associate. Would going idle after a short timeout
be more appropriate? We may need to revisit this, depending on what
happens.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 16cf438a1eca2b7206bd7ac7763637c2a87c00c6 |
|
24-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix probe response processing
Due to the use of a _REQ_DIRECT_PROBE bit, which is
unnecessary (and I wonder why it was done that way),
an interesting situation can arise:
1) we try to probe an access point
2) the AP doesn't response in time
3) we tell userspace that we gave up
4) the AP suddenly responds
5) we auth/assoc with the AP
I've seen 4) happen in testing with hostapd SIGSTOPped,
and when SIGCONTinued it processes the probe requests
that came in and send responses. But 5) is not supposed
to happen after we tell everybody we've given up on the
AP.
To fix this, remove the _REQ_DIRECT_PROBE request bit,
and process probe responses when we're in the relevant
MLME state, namely IEEE80211_STA_MLME_DIRECT_PROBE.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e61f234079b49c7e075b12551797fc4954704019 |
|
23-Apr-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211: Send timeout event on failed direct probe
If the direct probe times out, we need to send the authentication
timeout event to notify SME in the same way as we notify on timeout
with authentication frames since the direct probe is run as part of
the authentication attempt.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2448798133d747ad339e57099e32a1d1e68aca1c |
|
23-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers
In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver
calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers
for all operations.
All calls are now written as
drv_<op>(local, ...);
instead of
local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...);
Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and
return default values as appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2d0ddec5b2b859f06116f631fc0ffe94fbceb556 |
|
23-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: unify config_interface and bss_info_changed
The config_interface method is a little strange, it contains the
BSSID and beacon updates, while bss_info_changed contains most
other BSS information for each interface. This patch removes
config_interface and rolls all the information it previously
passed to drivers into bss_info_changed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 57c4d7b4c4986037be51476b8e3025d5ba18d8b8 |
|
23-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up beacon interval settings
We currently have two beacon interval configuration knobs:
hw.conf.beacon_int and vif.bss_info.beacon_int. This is
rather confusing, even though the former is used when we
beacon ourselves and the latter when we are associated to
an AP.
This just deprecates the hw.conf.beacon_int setting in favour
of always using vif.bss_info.beacon_int. Since it touches all
the beaconing IBSS code anyway, we can also add support for
the cfg80211 IBSS beacon interval configuration easily.
NOTE: The hw.conf.beacon_int setting is retained for now due
to drivers still using it -- I couldn't untangle all
drivers, some are updated in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f3b85252f081581a8f257545ed748062dce7798b |
|
23-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix scan races and rework scanning
There are some places marked
/* XXX maybe racy? */
and they really are racy because there's no locking.
This patch reworks much of the scan code, and introduces proper
locking for the scan request as well as the internal scanning
(which is necessary for IBSS/managed modes). Helper functions
are added to call the scanning code whenever necessary. The
scan deferring is changed to simply queue the scanning work
instead of trying to start the scan in place, the scanning work
will then take care of the rest.
Also, currently when internal scans are requested for an interface
that is trying to associate, we reject such scans. This was not
intended, the mlme code has provisions to scan twice when it can't
find the BSS to associate with right away; this has never worked
properly. Fix this by not rejecting internal scan requests for an
interface that is associating.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9ccebe6148bcb0aba2d89743df2ff182ced505ec |
|
23-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rename max_sleep_interval to max_sleep_period
Kalle points out that max_sleep_interval is somewhat confusing
because the value is measured in beacon intervals, and not in
TU. Rename it to max_sleep_period to be consistent with things
like DTIM period that are also measured in beacon intervals.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d5edaedc16ebd0635435dec068d49e07a76ba7d9 |
|
22-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix PS vs. scan race
When somebody changes the PS parameters while scanning
is in progress, we enable PS -- during the scan. This
is clearly not desirable, and we can just abort enabling
PS when scanning since when the scan finishes it will
be taken care of.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1965c85331ed29dc4fd32479ff31663e3e9a518f |
|
22-Apr-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211: Add event for authentication/association timeout
SME needs to be notified when the authentication or association
attempt times out and MLME has stopped processing in order to allow
the SME to decide what to do next.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 04fe20372e70685d9f15966216cdffd3795fe590 |
|
22-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: calculate maximum sleep interval
The maximum sleep interval, for powersave purposes, is
determined by the DTIM period (it may not be larger)
and the required networking latency (it must be small
enough to fulfil those constraints).
This makes mac80211 calculate the maximum sleep interval
based on those constraints, and pass it to the driver.
Then the driver should instruct the device to sleep at
most that long.
Note that the device is responsible for aligning the
maximum sleep interval between DTIMs, we make sure it's
not longer but it needs to make sure it's between them.
Also, group some powersave documentation together and
make it more explicit that we support managed mode only,
and no IBSS powersaving (yet).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1d4df3a50f40a731fc03c86a76535ed141b0e4bc |
|
22-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix variable truncation on 32-bit
Stephen Rothwell reported these warnings from a 32-bit build:
net/mac80211/mlme.c:1771: warning: left shift count >= width of type
net/mac80211/mlme.c:1772: warning: left shift count >= width of type
net/mac80211/mlme.c:1773: warning: left shift count >= width of type
net/mac80211/mlme.c:1774: warning: left shift count >= width of type
net/mac80211/mlme.c:1775: warning: left shift count >= width of type
This shows a bug in my code -- BIT(X) uses just "1 << X" which means
a 32-bit integer on 32-bit platforms, but the code here needs a u64
on all platforms. Fix this by using "1ULL << X" instead of BIT(X).
Thanks Stephen!
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e7ec86f54e519e8e86f1cf328db13263f3ef8bd4 |
|
18-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: validate TIM IE length (redux)
The TIM IE must not be shorter than 4 bytes, so verify that
when parsing it and use the proper type. To ease that adjust
struct ieee80211_tim_ie to have a virtual bitmap of size
at least 1.
Also check that the TIM IE is actually present before trying
to parse it!
Because other people may need the function, make it a static
inline in ieee80211.h.
(The original "mac80211: validate TIM IE length" was a minimal fix for
2.6.30. This purports to be the full, correct fix. -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 691597cb26f236ac7471f1adf925a134c86799d6 |
|
19-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211/mac80211: move wext SIWMLME into cfg80211
Since we have ->deauth and ->disassoc we can support the
wext SIWMLME call directly without driver wext handlers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bbbdff9e00449928f228867076a07bdfecd3dca8 |
|
16-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: enable PS by default
Enable PS by default (depending on Kconfig) -- rely on drivers
to control the level using pm_qos. Due to the previous patch
we turn off PS when necessary due to latency requirements.
This has a Kconfig symbol so people can, if they really want,
configure the default in their kernels. We may want to keep it
at "default y" only in wireless-testing for a while.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d91f36db51661018f6d54ff5966e283bcec4c545 |
|
16-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: implement beacon filtering in software
Regardless of whether the hardware implements beacon filtering,
there's no need to process all beacons in software all the time
throughout the stack (mac80211 does a lot, then cfg80211, then
in the future possibly userspace).
This patch implements the "best possible" beacon filtering in
mac80211. "Best possible" means that it can look for changes in
all requested information elements, and distinguish vendor IEs
by their OUI.
In the future, we will add nl80211 API for userspace to request
information elements and vendor IE OUIs to watch -- drivers can
then implement the best they can do while software implements
it fully.
It is unclear whether or not this actually saves CPU time, but
the data is all in the cache already so it should be fairly
cheap. The additional _testing_, however, has great benefit;
Without this, and on hardware that doesn't implement beacon
filtering, wrong assumptions about, for example, scan result
updates could quickly creep into code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 10f644a47b76d3e61b98f2d02ce9690b94c51ee5 |
|
16-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: disable powersave if pm_qos asks for low latency
When an application asks for a latency lower than the beacon interval
there's nothing we can do -- we need to stay awake and not have the
AP buffer frames for us. Add code to automatically calculate this
constraint in mac80211 so drivers need not concern themselves with it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 965bedadc01d34027455d5d5b67063ef0209c955 |
|
16-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: improve powersave implementation
When you have multiple virtual interfaces the current
implementation requires setting them up properly from
userspace, which is undesirable when we want to default
to power save mode. Keep track of powersave requested
from userspace per managed mode interface, and only
enable powersave globally when exactly one managed mode
interface is active and has powersave turned on.
Second, only start the dynPS timer when PS is turned
on, and properly turn it off when PS is turned off.
Third, fix the scan_sdata abuse in the dynps code.
Finally, also reorder the code and refactor the code
that enables PS or the dynps timer instead of having
it copied in two places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 66174bbea0b9c5bd4b7d060fed26bf5ec912c422 |
|
01-Apr-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Report rejected association to user space SME
When using nl80211 association, we need to send association response
with a failure code to user space SME instead of just internally
trying to send out the same (re)association request again couple of
times. This fixes problems in association process getting stuck on a
failure when user space is not notified in any way that something
actually failed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d5522e039586fdf72493225a88b944f726b69671 |
|
30-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move ieee80211_enable_ht function to mlme.c
It really belongs into that file since it is only relevant
for managed mode. Move 1:1, not even whitespace changes,
but make it static and remove from header file.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 53b46b8444f600cc1744521ea096ea0c5d494dd0 |
|
27-Mar-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
nl80211: Generate deauth/disassoc event for locally generated frames
Previously, nl80211 mlme events were generated only for received
deauthentication and disassociation frames. We need to do the same for
locally generated ones in order to let applications know that we
disconnected (e.g., when AP does not reply to a probe). Rename the
nl80211 and cfg80211 functions (s/rx_//) to make it clearer that they
are used for both received and locally generated frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7e0986c17f695952ce5d61ed793ce048ba90a661 |
|
19-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix basic rate bitmap calculation
"mac80211: fix basic rates setting from association response"
introduced a copy/paste error.
Unfortunately, this not just leads to wrong data being passed
to the driver but is remotely exploitable for some hardware or
driver combinations.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.29]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ad935687dbe7307f5abd9e3f610a965a287324a9 |
|
19-Apr-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> |
mac80211: fix beacon loss detection after scan
Currently beacon loss detection triggers after a scan. A probe request
is sent and a message like this is printed to the log:
wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:12:17:e7:98:de - sending probe request
But in fact there is no beacon loss, the beacons are just not received
because of the ongoing scan. Fix it by updating last_beacon after
the scan has finished.
Reported-by: Jaswinder Singh Rajput <jaswinder@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 60375541f7c8a577b977d344565259776c3acfc1 |
|
17-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: validate TIM IE length
The TIM IE must not be shorter than 4 bytes, so verify that
when parsing it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7181d4673710888b6d7084b37b9d77ed4f4e41b2 |
|
15-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: avoid crashing when no scan sdata
Using the scan_sdata variable here is terribly wrong,
if there has never been a scan then we fail. However,
we need a bandaid...
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.29]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a860402d8f1756dae48cdcabe153c974116fc37e |
|
15-Apr-2009 |
Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> |
mac80211: quiet beacon loss messages
On Sunday 05 April 2009 11:29:38 Michael Buesch wrote:
> On Sunday 05 April 2009 11:23:59 Jaswinder Singh Rajput wrote:
> > With latest linus tree I am getting, .config file attached:
> >
> > [ 22.895051] r8169: eth0: link down
> > [ 22.897564] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): eth0: link is not ready
> > [ 22.928047] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): wlan0: link is not ready
> > [ 22.982292] libvirtd used greatest stack depth: 4200 bytes left
> > [ 63.709879] wlan0: authenticate with AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6
> > [ 63.712096] wlan0: authenticated
> > [ 63.712127] wlan0: associate with AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6
> > [ 63.726831] wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 (capab=0x471 status=0 aid=1)
> > [ 63.726855] wlan0: associated
> > [ 63.730093] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): wlan0: link becomes ready
> > [ 74.296087] wlan0: no IPv6 routers present
> > [ 79.349044] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 119.358200] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 179.354292] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 259.366044] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 359.348292] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 361.953459] packagekitd used greatest stack depth: 4160 bytes left
> > [ 478.824258] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 598.813343] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 718.817292] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 838.824567] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 958.815402] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1078.848434] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1198.822913] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1318.824931] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1438.814157] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1558.827336] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1678.823011] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1798.830589] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1918.828044] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 2038.827224] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 2116.517152] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 2158.840243] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 2278.827427] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
>
>
> I think this message should only show if CONFIG_MAC80211_VERBOSE_DEBUG is set.
> It's kind of expected that we lose a beacon once in a while, so we shouldn't print
> verbose messages to the kernel log (even if they are KERN_DEBUG).
>
> And besides that, I think one can easily remotely trigger this message and flood the logs.
> So it should probably _also_ be ratelimited.
Something like this:
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
|
| 04de83815993714a7ba2618f637fa1092a5f664b |
|
22-Mar-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: add beacon filtering support
Add IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING flag so that driver inform that it supports
beacon filtering. Drivers need to call the new function
ieee80211_beacon_loss() to notify about beacon loss.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 15b7b0629c8213905926394dc73d600e0ca250ce |
|
22-Mar-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: track beacons separately from the rx path activity
Separate beacon and rx path tracking in preparation for the beacon filtering
support. At the same time change ieee80211_associated() to look a bit simpler.
Probe requests are now sent only after IEEE80211_PROBE_IDLE_TIME, which
is now set to 60 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3cf335d527ba6af80f4143f3c9e5136afdb143af |
|
22-Mar-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: decrease execution of the associated timer
Currently the timer is triggering every two seconds
(IEEE80211_MONITORING_INTERVAL). Decrease the timer to only trigger during
data idle periods to avoid waking up CPU unnecessary. The timer will
still trigger during idle periods, that needs to be fixed later.
There's also a functional change that probe requests are sent only when the
data path is idle, earlier they were sent also while there was activity
on the data path.
This is also preparation for the beacon filtering support. Thanks to
Johannes Berg for the idea.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7986cf9581767d250ca0e5a554541bb276e08d21 |
|
21-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove mixed-cell and userspace MLME code
Neither can currently be set from userspace, so there's no
regression potential, and neither will be supported from
userspace since the new userspace APIs allow the SME, which
is in userspace, to control all we need.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 65fc73ac4a310945dfeceac961726c2765ad2ec0 |
|
20-Mar-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211: Remove NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
The functionality that NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE provided can now
be achieved with cleaner design by adding IE(s) into
NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and
NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
Since this is a very recently added command and there are no known (or
known planned) applications using NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE and
taken into account how much extra complexity it adds to the IE
processing we have now (and need to add in the future to fix IE order
in couple of frames), it looks like the best option is to just remove
the implementation of this command for now. The enum values themselves
are left to avoid changing the nl80211 command or attribute numbers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 636a5d3625993c5ca59abc81794b9ded93cdb740 |
|
19-Mar-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211: Add MLME primitives to support external SME
This patch adds new nl80211 commands to allow user space to request
authentication and association (and also deauthentication and
disassociation). The commands are structured to allow separate
authentication and association steps, i.e., the interface between
kernel and user space is similar to the MLME SAP interface in IEEE
802.11 standard and an user space application takes the role of the
SME.
The patch introduces MLME-AUTHENTICATE.request,
MLME-{,RE}ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.request, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request primitives. The authentication and
association commands request the actual operations in two steps
(assuming the driver supports this; if not, separate authentication
step is skipped; this could end up being a separate "connect"
command).
The initial implementation for mac80211 uses the current
net/mac80211/mlme.c for actual sending and processing of management
frames and the new nl80211 commands will just stop the current state
machine from moving automatically from authentication to association.
Future cleanup may move more of the MLME operations into cfg80211.
The goal of this design is to provide more control of authentication and
association process to user space without having to move the full MLME
implementation. This should be enough to allow IEEE 802.11r FT protocol
and 802.11s SAE authentication to be implemented. Obviously, this will
also bring the extra benefit of not having to use WEXT for association
requests with mac80211. An example implementation of a user space SME
using the new nl80211 commands is available for wpa_supplicant.
This patch is enough to get IEEE 802.11r FT protocol working with
over-the-air mechanism (over-the-DS will need additional MLME
primitives for handling the FT Action frames).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6039f6d23fe792d615da5449e9fa1c6b43caacf6 |
|
19-Mar-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211: Event notifications for MLME events
Add new nl80211 event notifications (and a new multicast group, "mlme")
for informing user space about received and processed Authentication,
(Re)Association Response, Deauthentication, and Disassociation frames in
station and IBSS modes (i.e., MLME SAP interface primitives
MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm, MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm,
MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indicate, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication). The event data is encapsulated as the 802.11
management frame since we already have the frame in that format and it
includes all the needed information.
This is the initial step in providing MLME SAP interface for
authentication and association with nl80211. In other words, kernel code
will act as the MLME and a user space application can control it as the
SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a299542e97ec1939fdca7db6d3d82c0aa9bf8b9a |
|
19-Mar-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix reassociation by not clearing previous BSSID
We must not clear the previous BSSID when roaming to another AP within
the same ESS for reassociation to be used properly. It is fine to
clear this when the SSID changes, so let's move the code into
ieee80211_sta_set_ssid().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4b4698c443c9db62b220c41a1793872d6ebe82e1 |
|
19-Mar-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix a typo in assoc vs. reassoc check
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 11432379fd2a3854a3408424d8dcd99afd811573 |
|
12-Mar-2009 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: start pending scan after probe/auth/assoc timed out
If a scan is queued in STA mode while the interface is in state direct
probe, authenticate or associate the scan is delayed until the interface
enters disabled or associated state. But in case of direct probe-,
authentication- or association- timeout sta_work will not be scheduled
anymore (without external trigger) and thus the pending scan is not
executed and prevents a new scan from being triggered (-EBUSY).
Fix this by queueing the sta work again after direct probe-, authentication-
and association- timeout.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 176be728ee7d32cfd33702d82c0733e51f66ab5b |
|
12-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_num_regular_queues
This inline is useless and actually makes the code _longer_
rather than shorter.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| af88b9078d4aa31d667d2d82601ede9cae3bac37 |
|
09-Mar-2009 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: handle failed scan requests in STA mode
If cfg80211 requests a scan it awaits either a return code != 0 from
the scan function or the cfg80211_scan_done to be called. In case of
a STA mac80211's scan function ever returns 0 and queues the scan request.
If ieee80211_sta_work is executed and ieee80211_start_scan fails for
some reason cfg80211_scan_done will never be called but cfg80211 still
thinks the scan was triggered successfully and will refuse any future
scan requests due to drv->scan_req not being cleaned up.
If a scan is triggered from within the MLME a similar problem appears. If
ieee80211_start_scan returns an error, local->scan_req will not be reset
and mac80211 will refuse any future scan requests.
Hence, in both cases call ieee80211_scan_failed (which notifies cfg80211
and resets local->scan_req) if ieee80211_start_scan returns an error.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0eeb59fe2cd84b62f374874a59e62402e13f48b3 |
|
05-Mar-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix WMM ACM parsing and AC downgrade operation
Incorrect local->wmm_acm bits were set for AC_BK and AC_BE. Fix this
and add some comments to make it easier to understand the AC-to-UP(pair)
mapping. Set the wmm_acm bits (and show WMM debug) even if the driver
does not implement conf_tx() handler.
In addition, fix the ACM-based AC downgrade code to not use the
highest priority in error cases. We need to break the loop to get the
correct AC_BK value (3) instead of returning 0 (which would indicate
AC_VO). The comment here was not really very useful either, so let's
provide somewhat more helpful description of the situation.
Since it is very unlikely that the ACM flag would be set for AC_BK and
AC_BE, these bugs are not likely to be seen in real life networks.
Anyway, better do these things correctly should someone really use
silly AP configuration (and to pass some functionality tests, too).
Remove the TODO comment about handling ACM. Downgrading AC is
perfectly valid mechanism for ACM. Eventually, we may add support for
WMM-AC and send a request for a TS, but anyway, that functionality
won't be here at the location of this TODO comment.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 25c9c8752849212a25bf7f38b40b64b3958d619b |
|
02-Mar-2009 |
Vivek Natarajan <vivek.natraj@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Always send a null data frame if TIM bit is set.
If the AP thinks we are in power save state eventhough we are not truly
in that state, it sets the TIM bit and does not send a data frame unless
we send a null data frame to correct the state in the AP.
This might happen if the null data frame for wake up is lost in the air
after we disable power save.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e65c22633c14eabe9593a71a727f81544378b892 |
|
02-Mar-2009 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix TKIP/WEP HT capability handling
There is no need to parse the AP's HT capabilities if
the STA uses TKIP/WEP cipher. This allows the rate control
module to choose the correct(legacy) rate table.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 79f6440c527c61bcd84edfbdeb390841b9fe5095 |
|
21-Feb-2009 |
Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> |
mac80211: Introduce a generic commit() to apply changes
This patch introduces a generic commit() function which initiate a
new network joining process. It should be called after some interface
config changes, so that the changes get applied more cleanly. Currently
set_ssid() and set_bssid() call it. Others can be added in future
patches.
In version 1 the header files was forgotten, sorry.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 70692ad2923a379e0a10f9ec2ad93fbbe084cc46 |
|
16-Feb-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211: Optional IEs into scan request
This extends the NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN command to allow applications
to specify a set of information element(s) to be added into Probe
Request frames with NL80211_ATTR_IE. This provides support for the
MLME-SCAN.request primitive parameter VendorSpecificInfo and can be
used, e.g., to implement WPS scanning.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 469002983fc90c2ff0959e2b03335c0fe2e4d5a9 |
|
15-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split IBSS/managed code
This patch splits out the ibss code and data from managed (station) mode.
The reason to do this is to better separate the state machines, and have
the code be contained better so it gets easier to determine what exactly
a given change will affect, that in turn makes it easier to understand.
This is quite some churn, especially because I split sdata->u.sta into
sdata->u.mgd and sdata->u.ibss, but I think it's easier to maintain that
way. I've also shuffled around some code -- null function sending is only
applicable to managed interfaces so put that into that file, some other
functions are needed from various places so put them into util, and also
rearranged the prototypes in ieee80211_i.h accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 53d6f81c7814690ba096584c733e5deaa34fdd8a |
|
11-Feb-2009 |
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Make sure non-HT connection when IEEE80211_STA_TKIP_WEP_USED is set
It is possible that some broken AP might send HT IEs in it's
assoc response even though the STA has not sent them in assoc req
when WEP/TKIP is used as pairwise cipher suite. Also it is important
to check this bit before enabling ht mode in beacon receive path.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fe3d2c3fe32dd4d0a421ba39caba1cf87402314e |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split managed/ibss code a little more
It appears that you can completely mess up mac80211 in IBSS
mode by sending it a disassoc or deauth: it'll stop queues
and do a lot more but not ever do anything again. Fix this
by not handling all those frames in IBSS mode,
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a71800f3e3de15583c5d336aafa2853786be18a2 |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix IBSS auth
The code beyond this point is supposed to be used for
non-IBSS (managed) mode only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 00d3f14cf9f12c21428121026a5e1d5f65926447 |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: use cfg80211s BSS infrastructure
Remove all the code from mac80211 to keep track of BSSes
and use the cfg80211-provided code completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 99cf5f5f3571ce3a837e379d3b87bf5ddf54f17d |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: dont add BSS when creating IBSS
There's no need to create a BSS struct only to pass it to
ieee80211_sta_join_ibss, so refactor this function into
__ieee80211_sta_join_ibss which takes all the relevant
paramters, and ieee80211_sta_join_ibss which takes a BSS
struct (used when joining an IBSS that already has other
members).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2a5193119269062608582418deba7af82844159a |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211/nl80211: scanning (and mac80211 update to use it)
This patch adds basic scan capability to cfg80211/nl80211 and
changes mac80211 to use it. The BSS list that cfg80211 maintains
is made driver-accessible with a private area in each BSS struct,
but mac80211 doesn't yet use it. That's another large project.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2dace10efb8b761ccbd18d524f3b14d823edf8c0 |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up BA session teardown
The sta_info pointer can very well be passed to
ieee80211_sta_tear_down_BA_sessions, this will
later allow us to pass it through even further.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 572e00122190e3064fa19bd9780b146d2d0f1905 |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: use ps-poll when dynamic power save mode is disabled
When a directed tim bit is set, mac80211 currently disables power save
ands sends a null frame to the AP. But if dynamic power save is
disabled, mac80211 will not enable power save ever gain. Fix this by
adding ps-poll functionality to mac80211. When a directed tim bit is
set, mac80211 sends a ps-poll frame to the AP and checks for the more
data bit in the returned data frames.
Using ps-poll is slower than waking up with null frame, but it's saves more
power in cases where the traffic is low. Userspace can control if either
ps-poll or null wakeup method is used by enabling and disabling dynamic
power save.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1fb3606bc5864c64c78ce4e1751e5382a9a5aa84 |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: remove multicast check from check_tim()
Currently mac80211 checks for the multicast tim bit from beacons,
disables power save and sends a null frame if the bit is set. This was
added to support ath9k. But this is a bit controversial because the AP will
send multicast frames immediately after the beacon and the time constraints
are really high. Relying mac80211 to be fast enough here might not be
reliable in all situations. And there's no need to send a null frame, AP
will send the frames immediately after the dtim beacon no matter what.
Also if dynamic power save is disabled (iwconfig wlan0 power timeout 0)
currently mac80211 disables power save whenever the multicast bit is set
but it's never enabled again after receiving the first multicast/broadcast
frame.
The current implementation is not usable on p54/stlc45xx and the
easiest way to fix this is to remove the multicast tim bit check
altogether. Handling multicast tim bit in host is rare, most of the
designs do this in firmware/hardware, so it's better not to have it in
mac80211. It's a lot better to do this in firmware/hardware, or if
that's not possible it could be done in the driver.
Also renamed the function to ieee80211_check_tim() to follow the style
of the file.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7a9470806053f765ecf7f3932acb4c95c204ad4b |
|
04-Feb-2009 |
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Free current bss information in few places where we don't need it any more
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d43e87868f67c5b52defd8d82bc3f54347ed2408 |
|
03-Feb-2009 |
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Remove bss information of the current AP when it goes out of range
There is no point having the bss information of currently associated AP
when the AP is detected to be out of range.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c4e3a5844812dd5bf03282e021175d55d608f594 |
|
29-Jan-2009 |
Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> |
mac80211: IBSS join rework
I hold back this patch for around a week to avoid
confusion. This is the second step of
"mac80211: Fixed BSSID handling revisited".
With it, in the situation of a strange merge to the
same BSSID (e.g. caused by a TSF overflow) only
reset_tsf() is called.
And sta_info_flush_delayed() is only called if you
change the network manually, not on an automatic
BSSID merge.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c0415b547d37e8065ad4adf289d11db2f3b16dfd |
|
29-Jan-2009 |
Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> |
mac80211: Creating new IBSS with fixed BSSID
This fixes a bug when creating a new IBSS network with a
fixed BSSID. The fixed BSSID situation is now with one of
my last patches handled in ieee80211_sta_find_ibss()
function.
It's more robust to test against
(ifsta->flags & IEEE80211_STA_PREV_BSSID_SET), because
ifsta->state is not seted right in every situation and so
the creating of the new IBSS network sometimes hangs after
the first try to scan for a network to merge.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e374055afbf92c8d128d8538aafc7e765838206e |
|
29-Jan-2009 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Reset assoc_scan_tries after an unsuccessful scan run
Trying to associate with a non-existent SSID stops the
state machine after the first run. Subsequent association
requests fail to start the scan engine. Fix this by resetting
assoc_scan_tries to zero after completing a scan run.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| dfe670121a2719be6ead12eb5306d4d2714c09cb |
|
24-Jan-2009 |
Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> |
mac80211: Fixed BSSID handling revisited
This patch cleanup the fixed BSSID handling, that
ieee80211_sta_set_bssid() works like ieee80211_sta_set_ssid(). So
that the BSSID is only a second selection criterion besides the
SSID. This allows us to create new IBSS networks with fixed BSSIDs,
which was broken before.
In the second version of this patch the handling of the stupid merges
to the same BSSID is moved out to get reworked into an other patch.
And this version hopefully solves the problems with some low-level
drivers and re-adds the config BSSID warning to help debugging the
low-level drivers.
Much thanks to all who have helped testing! :)
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 078e1e60dd6c6b0d4bc8d58ccb80c008e8efc9ff |
|
22-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: Add capability to enable/disable beaconing
This patch adds a flag to notify drivers to start and stop
beaconing when needed, for example, during a scan run. Based
on Sujith's first patch to do the same, but now disables
beaconing for all virtual interfaces while scanning, has a
separate change flag and tracks user-space requests.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 881d948c23442173a011f1adcfe4c95bf7f27515 |
|
21-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
wireless: restrict to 32 legacy rates
Since the standards only define 12 legacy rates, 32 is certainly
a sane upper limit and we don't need to use u64 everywhere. Add
sanity checking that no more than 32 rates are registered and
change the variables to u32 throughout.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f797eb7e2903571e9c0e7e5d64113f51209f8dc4 |
|
19-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix MFP Association Comeback to use Timeout Interval IE
The separate Association Comeback Time IE was removed from IEEE 802.11w
and the Timeout Interval IE (from IEEE 802.11r) is used instead. The
editing on this is still somewhat incomplete in IEEE 802.11w/D7.0, but
still, the use of Timeout Interval IE is the expected mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9aed3cc124343d92be6697e9af3928bdfe8eb03e |
|
13-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211: New command for adding extra IE(s) into management frames
A new nl80211 command, NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE, can be used to
add arbitrary IE data into the end of management frames. The interface
allows extra IEs to be configured for each management frame subtype, but
only some of them (ProbeReq, ProbeResp, Auth, (Re)AssocReq, Deauth,
Disassoc) are currently accepted in mac80211 implementation.
This makes it easier to implement IEEE 802.11 extensions like WPS and
FT that add IE(s) into some management frames. In addition, this can
be useful for testing and experimentation purposes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a8302de934b5d1897ff146cd0c7ab87d1417c092 |
|
09-Jan-2009 |
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Handle power constraint level advertised in 11d+h beacon
This patch uses power constraint level while determining the maximum
transmit power, there by it makes sure that any power mitigation
requirement for the channel in the current regulatory domain is met.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 63a5ab82255a4ff5d0783f16427210f1d45d7ec8 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: 802.11w - Implement Association Comeback processing
When MFP is enabled, the AP does not allow a STA to associate if an
existing security association exists without first going through SA
Query process. When this happens, the association request is denied
with a new status code ("temporarily rejected") ans Association
Comeback IE is used to notify when the association may be tried again
(i.e., when the SA Query procedure has timed out).
Use the comeback time to update the mac80211 client MLME timer for
next association attempt to minimize waiting time if association is
temporarily rejected.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fdfacf0ae2e8339098b1164d2317b792d7662c0a |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: 802.11w - Configuration of MFP disabled/optional/required
Add new WEXT IW_AUTH_* parameter for setting MFP
disabled/optional/required.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5394af4d86ae51b369ff243c3f75b6f9a74e164b |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: 802.11w - STA flag for MFP
Add flags for setting STA entries and struct ieee80211_if_sta to
indicate whether management frame protection (MFP) is used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4be8c3873e0b88397866d3ede578503e188f9ad2 |
|
07-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: extend/document powersave API
This modifies hardware flags for powersave to support three different
flags:
* IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS - indicates general PS support
* IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK - indicates nullfunc sending in software
* IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS - indicates dynamic PS on the device
It also adds documentation for all this which explains how to set the
various flags.
Additionally, it fixes a few things:
* a spot where && was used to test flags
* enable CONF_PS only when associated again
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 46f2c4bd7e2ba2cfedbcd4fe15d316eebc608cba |
|
06-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move dynamic PS timeout to hardware config
This will be needed for drivers that set the
IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS flag and still
want to handle dynamic PS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4797938c5dfa22af30fd16679192972f878419a1 |
|
07-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up channel type config
The channel_type really doesn't need to be the only member in
a new structure, so remove the struct. Additionally, remove
the _CONF_CHANGE_HT flag and use _CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL when the
channel type changes, since that's enough of a change to require
reprogramming the hardware anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 504a71e4c2718d8ef5dc5bff89dea47a91cf87e5 |
|
06-Jan-2009 |
Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com> |
mac80211: remove an unused parameter in ieee80211_rx_mgmt_probe_req().
This patch removes an unused parameter (rx_status) in
ieee80211_rx_mgmt_probe_req(),
in mlme.c.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c481ec9705d4a5d566393bc17374cfd82c870715 |
|
06-Jan-2009 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add 802.11h CSA support
Move to the advertised channel on reception of
a CSA element. This is needed for 802.11h compliance.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 65f0e6a36e25fbfa6adf706d9c53bf64b13096eb |
|
06-Jan-2009 |
Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> |
mac80211: Don't merge if BSSID is set manually
If you set a fixed BSSID manually, you never want that the driver
change it back, or your ad-hoc mesh network will break into peaces. So
don't do it.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 137f9f46a4edf8a937ffe9e3dba498b5cfaa1e5b |
|
06-Jan-2009 |
Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> |
mac80211: Don't scan if BSSID and channel are set manually
If you set a fixed BSSID and channel it's not necessary to scan for
neighbors to merge, because you really don't want to merge with it. So
don't do it.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0efcdfd6ed4e7ac74c45e7c3218fd1a7416fdb3f |
|
06-Jan-2009 |
Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> |
mac80211: Disallow to set multicast BSSID
Okay, here is the first of the five patches. After applying all
of them you should be able to build/join huge city mesh networks
(e.g. with the OLSR protocol) with the most of the mac80211 wireless
drivers by setting a fixed BSSID in the ad hoc mode. (If you found no
other bug/problem.) This was not specified in the original standard,
but is a widely used de facto standard.
The first patch now completely disallow to set multicast MAC addresses
as BSSID. The behavior before was really strange.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 285256a59d790c6a9afe8ec82804a369d956ac06 |
|
24-Dec-2008 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: no need for ht.enabled
We can simply use conf_is_ht() check where needed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a97b77b90decf27a86ac40ea53a741ffb5ead21a |
|
24-Dec-2008 |
Vivek Natarajan <vivek.natraj@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Enhancements to dynamic power save.
This patch enables mac80211 to send a null frame and also to
check for tim in the beacon if dynamic power save is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 869717fbe43eb831cbebd03a9a66a4a4c3b406a9 |
|
24-Dec-2008 |
Vivek Natarajan <vivek.natraj@gmail.com> |
mac80211: A couple of fixes to dynamic power save.
a) hw_config() should not be called from siwpower() for the drivers which do not support
dynamic powersave.
b) IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS needs to be verified in set_associated() also before
enabling the power save timers.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| eb46936b9f2b639f4edeeaf9154d49476fc30fe5 |
|
23-Dec-2008 |
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Scale down to non-HT association with TKIP/WEP as pairwise cipher
As TKIP is not updated to new security needs which arise when
TKIP is used to encrypt A-MPDU aggregated data frames, IEEE802.11n
does not allow any cipher other than CCMP (Which has new extensions
defined) as pairwise cipher between HT peers.
When such configuration (TKIP/WEP in HT) is forced, we still
associate in non-HT mode (11a/b/g).
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 391429c18f58ae37cc2e254e408bff847f4beb21 |
|
18-Jan-2009 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> |
mac80211: fix slot time debug message
wlan0: switched to short barker preamble (BSSID=00:01:aa:bb:cc:dd)
wlan0: switched to short slot (BSSID=) <something is missing here>
should be:
wlan0: switched to short barker preamble (BSSID=00:01:aa:bb:cc:dd)
wlan0: switched to short slot (BSSID=00:01:aa:bb:cc:dd)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 520eb82076993b7f55ef9b80771d264272e5127b |
|
18-Dec-2008 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: implement dynamic power save
This patch implements dynamic power save for mac80211. Basically it
means enabling power save mode after an idle period. Implementing it
dynamically gives a good compromise of low power consumption and low
latency. Some hardware have support for this in firmware, but some
require the host to do it.
The dynamic power save is implemented by adding an timeout to
ieee80211_subif_start_xmit(). The timeout can be enabled from userspace
with Wireless Extensions. For example, the command below enables the
dynamic power save and sets the time timeout to 500 ms:
iwconfig wlan0 power timeout 500m
Power save now only works with devices which handle power save in firmware.
It's also disabled by default and the heuristics when and how to enable is
considered as a policy decision and will be left for the userspace to handle.
In case the firmware has support for this, drivers can disable this feature
with IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS.
Big thanks to Johannes Berg for the help with the design and code.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e0cb686ff879dc9ac045ad7258ec687088d4e450 |
|
18-Dec-2008 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: enable IEEE80211_CONF_PS only when associated
Also disable power save when disassociated. It makes no sense to have
power save enabled while disassociated.
iwlwifi seems to have this check in the driver, but it's better to do this
in mac80211 instead.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 135541215ca87ff00c269e65bcaef0bdcb99aab9 |
|
16-Dec-2008 |
Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com> |
mac80211: fix a typo in ieee80211_send_assoc() method.
This patch fixes a typo in ieee80211_send_assoc(), net/mac80211/mlme.c.
The error is usage of a wrong member when building
the ie80211 management frame (it should be assoc_req, and not reassoc_req).
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0fb8ca45eb164c405eef8978f26829f9348b4d4d |
|
12-Dec-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add HT rates into RX status reporting
This patch adds option for HT-enabled drivers to report HT rates
(HT20/HT40, short GI, MCS index) to mac80211. These rates are
currently not in the rate table, so the rate_idx is used to indicate
MCS index.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 094d05dc32fc2930e381189a942016e5561775d9 |
|
12-Dec-2008 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix HT channel selection
HT management is done differently for AP and STA modes, unify
to just the ->config() callback since HT is fundamentally a
PHY property and cannot be per-BSS.
Rename enum nl80211_sec_chan_offset as nl80211_channel_type to denote
the channel type ( NO_HT, HT20, HT40+, HT40- ).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ab1f5c0bb8edbaee81c1672733f8dc4d0a5f5ea5 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com> |
mac80211: misc cleanups
This patch removes unneeded member (skbuff) from
ieee80211_ibss_add_sta() method in its declaration (in ieee80211_i.h)
and its callers (in rx.c and mlme.c)
This patch removes unneeded member from struct ieee80211_rx_data
in ieee80211_i.h.
(Originally posted as two patches. -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| cb3da8ccc464409e3b947557cdac4cd0b1241c4c |
|
26-Nov-2008 |
Fabio Rossi <rossi.f@inwind.it> |
mac80211: accept empty strings for hidden SSIDs
Some access points (e.g. Sitecom WL-174) use an empty string as hidden SSID.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Rossi <rossi.f@inwind.it>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8e268e47b8ca5bddd189320884c3cc7d9ae489f4 |
|
25-Nov-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: disassociate prior to unlinking AP/station
This patch reorders calls during disassociation in
ieee80211_set_disassoc function.
Since sta_info_unlink calls sta_notify(REMOVE) it will
remove the station representing AP from the driver before
it has disassociated from it using bss_info_changed callback.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5925d976fbe99859d636e7075e5304625503c5fe |
|
22-Nov-2008 |
Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Look out for some other AP when disassoc is received.
When a disassoc packet is received from the AP with a reason code of
'leaving the BSS', mac80211 should go into DISABLED state just as it
would do if the AP suddenly went away for some reason, as that is what
will happen shortly after the AP leaves anyway.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3f2355cb9111ac04e7ae06a4d7044da2ae813863 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: Add 802.11d support
This adds country IE parsing to mac80211 and enables its usage
within the new regulatory infrastructure in cfg80211. We parse
the country IEs only on management beacons for the BSSID you are
associated to and disregard the IEs when the country and environment
(indoor, outdoor, any) matches the already processed country IE.
To avoid following misinformed or outdated APs we build and use
a regulatory domain out of the intersection between what the AP
provides us on the country IE and what CRDA is aware is allowed
on the same country.
A secondary device is allowed to follow only the same country IE
as it make no sense for two devices on a system to be in two
different countries.
In the case the AP is using country IEs for an incorrect country
the user may help compliance further by setting the regulatory
domain before or after the IE is parsed and in that case another
intersection will be performed.
CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY is supported but requires CRDA
present.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1d047def6d19106a91f7756f970ac8429033a4d8 |
|
10-Nov-2008 |
Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com> |
mac80211: remove unnecessary include.
This patch removes unnecessary #include <linux/netdevice.h> from
/net/mac80211/mlme.c.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8e3bad65a59915f2ddc40f62a180ad81695d8440 |
|
17-Nov-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_notify_mac
Before ieee80211_notify_mac() was added, it was presented with the
use case of using it to tell mac80211 that the association may
have been lost because the firmware crashed/reset.
Since then, it has also been used by iwlwifi to (slightly) speed
up re-association after resume, a workaround around the fact that
mac80211 has no suspend/resume handling yet. It is also not used
by any other drivers, so clearly it cannot be necessary for "good
enough" suspend/resume.
Unfortunately, the callback suffers from a severe problem: It only
works for station mode. If suspend/resume happens while in IBSS or
any other mode (but station), then the callback is pointless.
Recently, it has created a number of locking issues, first because
it required rtnl locking rather than RCU due to calling sleeping
functions within the critical section, and now because it's called
by iwlwifi from the mac80211 workqueue that may not use the rtnl
because it is flushed under rtnl.
(cf. http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12046)
I think, therefore, that we should take a step back, remove it
entirely for now and add the small feature it provided properly.
For suspend and resume we will need to introduce new hooks, and for
the case where the firmware was reset the driver will probably
simply just pretend it has done a suspend/resume cycle to get
mac80211 to reprogram the hardware completely, not just try to
connect to the current AP again in station mode. When doing so, we
will need to take into account locking issues and possibly defer
to schedule_work from within mac80211 for the resume operation,
while the suspend operation must be done directly.
Proper suspend/resume should also not necessarily try to reconnect
to the current AP, the time spent in suspend may have been short
enough to not be disconnected from the AP, mac80211 will detect
that the AP went out of range quickly if it did, and if the
association is lost then the AP will disassoc as soon as a data
frame is sent. We might also take into account WWOL then, and
have mac80211 program the hardware into such a mode where it is
available and requested.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| db7fb86b0ca565cf3537401612581a8158025cc2 |
|
11-Nov-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix notify_mac function
The ieee80211_notify_mac() function uses ieee80211_sta_req_auth() which
in turn calls ieee80211_set_disassoc() which calls a few functions that
need to be able to sleep, so ieee80211_notify_mac() cannot use RCU
locking for the interface list and must use rtnl locking instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d61272cbb35fa1c08fe94898583d880256f2dbd3 |
|
30-Oct-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix basic rates setting from association response
In previous code all the rates were marked as basic.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 41bb73eeac5ff5fb217257ba33b654747b3abf11 |
|
29-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove SSID driver code
Remove the SSID from the driver API since now there is no
driver that requires knowing the SSID and I think it's
unlikely that any hardware design that does require the
SSID will play well with mac80211.
This also removes support for setting the SSID in master
mode which will require a patch to hostapd to not try.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 97c8b013da7a8ec7aa0a192489d4e7a33c4127fc |
|
28-Oct-2008 |
Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
mac80211: print reason code for deauth/dissoc frames
The patch prints reason code for deauth/dissoc frames to give users
more ideas what's happened for the disconnection.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e2ef12d3fdb771002e7c7b6bd8f19902b1934e03 |
|
22-Oct-2008 |
Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com> |
mac80211: check return value of dev_alloc_skb() in ieee80211_sta_join_ibss().
This patch add a check on the return value of dev_alloc_skb() in
ieee80211_sta_join_ibss() in net/mac80211/mlme.c.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ddf4ac53fb8a12a027c0486db743ae040f45b56a |
|
22-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: insert AP sta entry after filling it
We never clearly defined the semantics of the sta_notify callback
and it was originally posted for iwlwifi which still doesn't use
it at all. With the recent HT rework ath9k started relying on it,
but I made a mistake there in that I made ath9k assume the HT
information has already been filled in at sta_notify time. This
isn't a hard thing to do, so do it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4a68ec535ef1043319928f601d633f78e650a16f |
|
16-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: inform userspace of probe/auth/assoc timeout
I noticed that when for some reason [1] the probe or auth times
out, wpa_supplicant doesn't realise this and only tries the next
AP when it runs into its own timeout, which is ten seconds, and
that's quite long. Fix this by making mac80211 notify userspace
that it didn't associate.
[1] my wrt350n in mixed B/G/HT mode often runs into this, maybe
it's because one of the antennas is broken off and for whatever
reason it decides to use that antenna to transmit the response
frames (auth, probe); I do see beacons fine so it's not totally
broken. Works fine in pure-G mode.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ae5eb02641233a4e9d1b92d22090f1b1afa14466 |
|
14-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rewrite HT handling
The HT handling has the following deficiencies, which I've
(partially) fixed:
* it always uses the AP info even if there is no AP,
hence has no chance of working as an AP
* it pretends to be HW config, but really is per-BSS
* channel sanity checking is left to the drivers
* it generally lets the driver control too much
HT enabling is still wrong with this patch if you have more than
one virtual STA mode interface, but that never happens currently.
Once WDS, IBSS or AP/VLAN gets HT capabilities, it will also be
wrong, see the comment in ieee80211_enable_ht().
Additionally, this fixes a number of bugs:
* mac80211: ieee80211_set_disassoc doesn't notify the driver any
more since the refactoring
* iwl-agn-rs: always uses the HT capabilities from the wrong stuff
mac80211 gives it rather than the actual peer STA
* ath9k: a number of bugs resulting from the broken HT API
I'm not entirely happy with putting the HT capabilities into
struct ieee80211_sta as restricted to our own HT TX capabilities,
but I see no cleaner solution for now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bda3933a8aceedd03e0dd410844bd310033ca756 |
|
11-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move bss_conf into vif
Move bss_conf into the vif struct so that drivers can
access it during ->tx without having to store it in
the private data or similar. No driver updates because
this is only for when they want to start using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d9fe60dea7779d412b34679f1177c5ca1940ea8d |
|
09-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
802.11: clean up/fix HT support
This patch cleans up a number of things:
* the unusable definition of the HT capabilities/HT information
information elements
* variable names that are hard to understand
* mac80211: move ieee80211_handle_ht to ht.c and remove the unused
enable_ht parameter
* mac80211: fix bug with MCS rate 32 in ieee80211_handle_ht
* mac80211: fix bug with casting the result of ieee80211_bss_get_ie
to an information element _contents_ rather than the
whole element, add size checking (another out-of-bounds
access bug fixed!)
* mac80211: remove some unused return values in favour of BUG_ON
checking
* a few minor other things
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7a5158ef8da70fdedeb0530faaa8128aa645be3c |
|
08-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix short slot handling
This patch makes mac80211 handle short slot requests from the AP
properly. Also warn about uses of IEEE80211_CONF_SHORT_SLOT_TIME
and optimise out the code since it cannot ever be hit anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0c68ae2605dbcf67414d8d1f19af93be44b355fb |
|
27-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: convert to %pM away from print_mac
Also remove a few stray DECLARE_MAC_BUF that were no longer
used at all.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 09914813da37f1ee9d77998a0701629cfbbd98f4 |
|
07-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix HT information element parsing
There's no checking that the HT IEs are of the right length
which can be used by an attacker to cause an out-of-bounds
access by sending a too short HT information/capability IE.
Fix it by simply pretending those IEs didn't exist when too
short.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ad788b5e079484aa1d48aa90a3ebd7d954d2e7db |
|
01-Oct-2008 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: avoid "Wireless Event too big" message for assoc response
The association response IEs are sent to userland with an IWEVCUSTOM
event, which unfortunately is limited to a little more than 100 bytes
of IE information with the encoding used. Many APs send so much
IE information that this message overflows. When the IWEVCUSTOM
event is too large, the kernel doesn't send it to userland anyway --
better just not to send it.
An attempt was made by Jouni Malinen to correct this issue by
converting to use IWEVASSOCREQIE and IWEVASSOCRESPIE messages instead
("mac80211: Use IWEVASSOCREQIE instead of IWEVCUSTOM"). Unfortunately,
that caused a problem due to 32-/64-bit interactions on some systems and
was reverted after the 'userland ABI' rule was invoked. That leaves
us with this option instead of a proper fix, at least until we move
to a cfg80211-based solution.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 74af025073461b9ebe82771e48a5b8596c3cf75c |
|
05-Sep-2008 |
Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> |
wireless: restore revert lost to merge damage
Restore revert "mac80211: Use IWEVASSOCREQIE instead of IWEVCUSTOM",
originally reverted in commit bf7394ccc13fe291d9258f01113b4c61214ddeae.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4492bea656b70dad6a9ae7b59b1430fa38ba3345 |
|
22-Sep-2008 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix led behavior in IBSS
This patch fixes the led behavior in IBSS. After we joined an IBSS cell we
need to inform the led that we got associated. Although there is no 802.11
association in IBSS mode, the semantic of "There is a link" is relevant.
This allows the led to blink in IBSS mode (at least this solves a bug for
iwlwifi).
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4dfe51e10047a60e82734860cec0d9f660b102fc |
|
19-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: probe with correct SSID
While associated, we should probe with the SSID we're associated to,
not the scan SSID.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4b7679a561e552eeda1e3567119bef2bca99b66e |
|
18-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up rate control API
Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control
API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of
net/mac80211/.
There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking,
we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to
do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control
algorithm or via new API.
Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we
will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right
now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 687c7c0807371aeaa94ff2fff511eeb326b5c5de |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: share sta_info->ht_info
Rate control algorithms may need access to a station's
HT capabilities, so share the ht_info struct in the
public station API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 323ce79a9cdbf838ea577677b1ddace8e0b4d4c6 |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: share sta->supp_rates
As more preparation for a saner rate control algorithm API,
share the supported rates bitmap in the public API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 17741cdc264e4d768167766a252210e201c1519a |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: share STA information with driver
This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about
stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when
they get around to updating, and might also help with
implementing rate control algorithms without internals.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 05c914fe330fa8e1cc67870dc0d3809dfd96c107 |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types
There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its
own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and
simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need
to translate them any more now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 96dd22ac06b0dbfb069fdf530c72046a941e9694 |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: inform driver of basic rateset
Drivers need to know the basic rateset to be able to configure
the ACK/CTS programming in hardware correctly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c2b13452b283f9c4a5b02a6b53ed6416ebf4c03c |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up scan namespace
Most of the scan functions are called ieee80211_sta_scan_*
or similar, make clean it up so they are all just called
ieee80211_scan_*.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9c6bd79011b14a8bfe58aad0acfb51e4dca05eed |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: reorder MLME code more
This way all the utility functions are at the top, then the
state machine and externally callable functions are moved to
the bottom. Also clean up ieee80211_i.h a bit and add a few
comments about which functions are called from where.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5bc75728fd43bb15b46f16ef465bcf9d487393cf |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix scan vs. interface removal race
When we remove an interface, we can currently end up having
a pointer to it left in local->scan_sdata after it has been
set down, and then with a hardware scan the scan completion
can try to access it which is a bug. Alternatively, a scan
that started as a hardware scan may terminate as though it
was a software scan, if the timing is just right.
On SMP systems, software scan also has a similar problem,
just canceling the delayed work and setting a flag isn't
enough since it may be running concurrently; in this case
we would also never restore state of other interfaces.
This patch hopefully fixes the problems by always invoking
ieee80211_scan_completed or requiring it to be invoked by
the driver, I suspect the drivers that have ->hw_scan() are
buggy. The bug will not manifest itself unless you remove
the interface while hw-scanning which will also turn off
the hw, and then add a new interface which will be unusable
until you scan once.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 472dbc45dc1966284de72d7de15690c17ed2cf33 |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split off mesh handling entirely
This patch splits off mesh handling from the STA/IBSS.
Unfortunately it increases mesh code size a bit, but I
think it makes things clearer. The patch also reduces
per-interface run-time memory usage.
Also clean up a few places where ifdef is not required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7c95069522d02ff144cd421be6618dce619caf7e |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: dont set REQ_RUN when scan finishes
The timer restart is done wrongly, we shouldn't set the REQ_RUN
bit when the scan has finished if it hadn't been set before the
scan started. If the timer fires during the scan, it will set
REQ_RUN and then we can run the work for it, if it didn't fire
then we shouldn't run its work either.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a1678f84bff9b20807f7f6a45ebfb56a0c02b353 |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move STA timer restart
This I shouldn't have moved to the scan implementation, move
it back to the MLME where it belongs, to the notification.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 24723d1bc9da79a53d0495b9cf9ee18747121b03 |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move ieee80211_sta_expire
ieee80211_sta_expire uses the internal __sta_info_unlink
function which can become static if this function is moved
to sta_info.c.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e50db65c0dad109aae77c353305853b31555b228 |
|
09-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move frame TX function
The ieee80211_sta_tx function isn't MLME code any more,
it's getting used by a lot of code. Move it to utils and
rename it to ieee80211_tx_skb.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 39192c0bcf556c8521dcf0203714e9d48ac0b9f6 |
|
09-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move spectrum management code out
Like the HT code, this doesn't depend on the STA-mode implementation
and can be handled entirely independently. There's only stub code
for now, but when it gets filled having it in its own file will be
beneficial.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| de1ede7ac3bd300f9aa565d0f93f6cf9ba74bb1a |
|
09-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make BA session handling independent of STA mode
The aggregation handling isn't dependent on anything related to our
STA-mode implementation, and doesn't need to depend on it for frame
processing. This patch moves the relevant code to ht.c and adds a
hook in rx.c. For now, the relevant action frames are only processed
in STA/IBSS modes, but that's now something we can easily change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5825fe100d654fff89aa67a1e202af1f8a7f0ad0 |
|
09-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: initialise queue QoS parameters at hw start
When hardware is started it might be in a confused state with
respect to queue QoS parameters. This patch changes mac80211
to set sane defaults right after the hardware is brought up.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3d35f7c6874d83063d19de0cdb4e503ff4471098 |
|
09-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split ieee80211_sta_def_wmm_params
Cleans up the code a bit and prepares for the next patch
that will use the function elsewhere.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ef422bc0ae934e6a46dfa63f0e27cad83b94234f |
|
09-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: consolidate deauth/disassoc
deauth and disassoc frames are completely identical so there's
little point in having two functions to send them rather than
one that gets a parameter. This same a bit of code size.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9ac19a9084001695479a6d6dd67443cc5fb1df2f |
|
09-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: reorder frame code in mlme
This reorders all frame sending functions to be at the top of the
file. When reading the file, I tend to be looking at either the
frame code or the state machine, and having them mixed in the file
is confusing. When all frame sending is at the top the remainder
of the file is more readable, in my opinion.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b079ada7dd11cf82c3157a51c205c3d88321c704 |
|
09-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove useless 'ibss' parameter
Ever since we refactored beaconing to not be controlled by a
fake queue this parameter to ieee80211_sta_def_wmm_params
has been unused.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a0fe8b3349bdee27065b57cdceb2ca53c1487866 |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: simplify scan start
ieee80211_sta_start_scan() can very well take a non-NULL
ssid pointer with a zero ssid_len.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 44d414dbff9d5bf46fc09f2e68567b5848cbbfd3 |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move some HT code out of mlme.c
Some of the HT code in mlme.c is misplaced:
* constants/definitions belong to the ieee80211.h header
* code being used in other modes as well shouldn't be there
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5484e23749e78d5a4f56928efaf3c4b0d862b7a6 |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move BSS handling to scan code
This moves all the BSS list handling out of mlme.c to scan.c,
no further changes except fixing kzalloc/atomic_inc/atomic_inc
to kzalloc/atomic_set(2).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 98c8fccfaea838e62ffde2f2e44568844e0e5472 |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: refactor and move scan RX code
This patch refactors some code and moves the scan RX function
to scan.c. More importantly, however, it changes it so that the
MLME's beacon/probe_resp functions aren't invoked when scanning
so that we can remove a "if (scanning)" conditions from two
places.
There's a very slight behavioural change in this patch: now,
when scanning, IBSS and mesh aren't updated even on the same
channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0a51b27e956bd9580296c48191b78175ed8b5971 |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: start moving scan code from mlme
Here's a first patch to move some code from mlme.c to a
new file called scan.c. The end result will hopefully be
a more manageable mlme.c.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ee96d6ef82cc29421569b7cb7f7c7ee90168ec50 |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove useless non-NULL tests from scan results code
I'm surprised nobody complained about these before. What a waste.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 491775a50787b9fbb09b5735be3d111c65935f5c |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: use sdata pointer for scan interface
Since we now use sdata pointers most of the time, using a netdev
pointer here is somewhat artificial, use an sdata pointer instead.
Replace a netdev-prefix in a few messages by a wiphy-prefix.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 60f8b39c9406752ea5e0d3bbf5df6f903d61cacf |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: reorder mlme code
This reorders the mlme code a bit so we don't need all the forward
function declarations. It also removes the ERP_INFO_USE_PROTECTION
define that is unused, but otherwise contains no real changes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 24e64622c3f3143c801850897ab0cea8f3c69445 |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: stop queues before carrier off
During testing of the disassociation fixes, Tomas noticed that it
was possible to run into a situation where you'd suddenly get a
few "wlan0: dropped frame to <AP> (unauthorized port)" messages
and I found this to be due to the AP's sta_info having been
removed but netif_carrier_off not having removed/stopped traffic
yet. To avoid that, stop the queue for the interface (and avoid
bringing them up when another vif scans when they weren't up.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f5e5bf258b399f74b606e532ae0a2599522fd7bf |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove disassociation code from ieee80211_set_associated
This patch moves disassociation code from ieee80211_set_associated
to ieee80211_set_disassoc. To reduce code duplication, it introduces
the ieee80211_sta_send_apinfo function. Additionally, it fixes a lapse
where BSS_CHANGED_HT wasn't set when notifying the driver of changes
due to disassociation.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3b7ee69d0caefbdb85a606a98bff841b8c63b97e |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: disassociate when moving to new BSS
This patch makes the MLME cleanly disassociate from the current BSS
when leaving it for a new one. This is not just nicer to the old AP
(we're leaving it, might as well tell it!) but also required for some
drivers that keep track of the station we're associated with, they'd
get confused because they'd think we are associated with two APs.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| aa458d1737c3cc9a7c90ea9c5ef1ee6d663fba71 |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: restructure disassoc/deauth flows
This patch restructure the flow of disassociation and deauthentication
flows to be consistent under all circumstances.
It ensures that BA session is treated down before deauthentication or disassociation,
adds the removal of the obsolete sta form station table and fixes a related bug (sta_info_destroy
without sta_info_unlink) in ieee80211_associated()
and reduce some code duplication
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 37ffc8da803a1151e887f2a80f08f0c49d1dc1d5 |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move IE parsing to util file
Since IE parsing is required for the mlme and mesh code, it's
not a static function anyway, and it's much better to have it
in util rather than the overly large mlme.c
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5fd12d4da198647e834f93f163e20bfcdd33bad8 |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix typo in action frame handling
This says chan_switch.action_code but really means
measurement.action_code, of course the actual offset in
the frame is the same, it's just harder to understand
this way.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9c80d3dc272ec5ce44a7564e5392f950ad38357a |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix action frame length checks
The action frame length checks are one too small, there's not just
an action code as the comment makes you believe, there's a category
code too, and the category code is required in each action frame
(hence part of IEEE80211_MIN_ACTION_SIZE).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5bda617576e58c7213aef5ab90383f303727b5b1 |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: BSS info: check channel first
When we receive information about a BSS we check at some point
whether or not we think we're allowed to use the channel it is
on, but we do that fairly late. I don't think we should do it
that late, so do it earlier to avoid doing IBSS/mesh stuff on
that channel and then getting confused because it's disabled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fe3fa827314b877486c515a001c3e6f604f6f16f |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make conf_tx non-atomic
The conf_tx callback currently needs to be atomic, this requirement
is just because it can be called from scanning. This rearranges it
slightly to only update while not scanning (which is fine, we'll be
getting beacons when associated) and thus removes the atomic
requirement.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 69e6c010fd5f5015d3cc64718fbe266face93770 |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move some RCU locking into an if branch
The if itself doesn't need to be protected, so move in the RCU
locking to avoid doing anything at all when the condition isn't
true.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8e1535d51bc93fbe9b3ded6555680044bc571d19 |
|
03-Sep-2008 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: Fix rate scale initialization in IBSS
This patch address some IBSS rate issues introduced or not covered
by "mac80211: eliminate IBSS warning in rate_lowest_index()" and
"cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion".
This patch:
1. Moves addition of IBSS station from
prepare_for_handlers to ieee80211_rx_bss_info when triggered from beacon
eliminating bogus supported rates.
2. Initialize properly supported rates also in IBSS merging
3. Ensure that mandatory rates are always added into supported
rates. This is needed in case when station addition is triggered from
non beacon/probe packet. Some management frames need to be sent
4. Remove initialization of supported rates from self rates. This path
was dead code after 6bc37c06bc4 and in general incorrect.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Cc: Vladimir Koutny <vlado@work.ksp.sk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9818babc8fd9a542978a235f1c1786f948cbac68 |
|
03-Sep-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: Fix low bit rate in IBSS
This patch fixes regression in iwlwifi IBSS rate scaling caused by patch:
commit 6bc37c06bc424bcf3f944e6a79e2d5bb537e02ed
Author: Vladimir Koutny <vlado@work.ksp.sk>
Date: Fri Jun 13 16:50:44 2008 +0200
mac80211: eliminate IBSS warning in rate_lowest_index()
An IBSS station is added in prepare_for_handlers where the rate scaling was
initialized only with single rate matching the received packet.
The correct rate scale information should be updated only in
ieee80211_rx_bss_info function where beacon is parsed. Because
of coding error the rate info was left untouched.
If a beacon has triggered the connection the rate remined 1Mbps.
This patch fixes this coding error
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Cc: Vladimir Koutny <vlado@work.ksp.sk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bf7394ccc13fe291d9258f01113b4c61214ddeae |
|
05-Sep-2008 |
Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> |
Revert "mac80211: Use IWEVASSOCREQIE instead of IWEVCUSTOM"
This reverts commit 087d833e5a9f67ba933cb32eaf5a2279c1a5b47c, which was
reported to break wireless at least in some combinations with 32bit user
space and a 64bit kernel. Alex Williamnson bisected it to this commit.
Reported-and-bisected-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@hp.com>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
|
| 43ac2ca3840f64f699a239535c590fa7ebaaac27 |
|
15-Aug-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Handle scan result IEs in one block
Clean up and extend scan result processing by storing all the IEs from
Beacon/Probe Response frames in a single block instead of allocating
memory for each specific IE separately. This removes lot of unnecessary
code and automatically supports reporting of new IEs (e.g., IEEE
802.11r) into user space without need to manually extend mac80211
scanning code whenever a new protocol adds IE(s).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 576fdeaef631976c3afcb1d78ef196051282611d |
|
27-Aug-2008 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: quiet chatty IBSS merge message
It seems obvious that this #ifndef should be the opposite polarity...
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8ab65b03b7893da4a49009e7e356e36e27b0c407 |
|
25-Aug-2008 |
Jan-Espen Pettersen <sigsegv@radiotube.org> |
mac80211: don't send empty extended rates IE
The association request includes a list of supported data rates.
802.11b: 4 supported rates.
802.11g: 12 (8 + 4) supported rates.
802.11a: 8 supported rates.
The rates tag of the assoc request has room for only 8 rates. In case of
802.11g an extended rate tag is appended. However in net/wireless/mlme.c
an extended (empty) rate tag is also appended if the number of rates is
exact 8. This empty (length=0) extended rates tag causes some APs to
deny association with code 18 (unsupported rates). These APs include my
ZyXEL G-570U, and according to Tomas Winkler som Cisco APs.
'If count == 8' has been used to check for the need for an extended rates
tag. But count would also be equal to 8 if the for loop exited because of
no more supported rates. Therefore a check for count being less than
rates_len would seem more correct.
Thanks to:
* Dan Williams for newbie guidance
* Tomas Winkler for confirming the problem
Signed-off-by: Jan-Espen Pettersen <sigsegv@radiotube.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 087d833e5a9f67ba933cb32eaf5a2279c1a5b47c |
|
19-Aug-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Use IWEVASSOCREQIE instead of IWEVCUSTOM
The previous code was using IWEVCUSTOM to report IEs from AssocReq and
AssocResp frames into user space. This can easily hit the 256 byte
limit (IW_CUSTOM_MAX) with APs that include number of vendor IEs in
AssocResp. This results in the event message not being sent and dmesg
showing "wlan0 (WE) : Wireless Event too big (366)" type of errors.
Convert mac80211 to use IWEVASSOCREQIE/IWEVASSOCRESPIE to avoid the
issue of being unable to send association IEs as wireless events. These
newer event types use binary encoding and larger maximum size
(IW_GENERIC_IE_MAX = 1024), so the likelyhood of not being able to send
the IEs is much smaller than with IWEVCUSTOM. As an extra benefit, the
code is also quite a bit simpler since there is no need to allocate an
extra buffer for hex encoding.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9859b81eaeb8d48563b5fbd90215c0ae606455a3 |
|
09-Aug-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: add direct probe before association
This patch adds a direct probe request as first step in the association
flow if data we have is not up to date. Motivation of this step is to make
sure that the bss information we have is correct, since last scan could
have been done a while ago, and beacons do not fully answer this need as
there are potential differences between them and probe responses (e.g.
WMM parameter element)
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6042a3e3ff7943e4ff5cbcb8c223ea87337501ea |
|
08-Aug-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: change number of pre-assoc scans
This patch fixes noticed problem in noisy environments of 50+ APs
that scan fails to find the requested AP on first try, which
leads to connection refusal. second scan has empirically proven to fix
this problem in almost all cases.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Esti Kummer <ester.kummer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 48c2fc59aa415ba92be0ad3a7e741c46883e3944 |
|
06-Aug-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: cleanup mlme state namespace
This patch move add STA_MLME to station mlme state defines.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8e7cdbb6333ef7654e708bd60e50a123688dcd7b |
|
03-Aug-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: filter probes in ieee80211_rx_mgmt_probe_resp
This patch moves filtering statement from ieee80211_rx_bss_info
which is called for both beacon and probe to ieee80211_rx_mgmt_probe_resp
and save few cycles in beacon parsing.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f698d856f65c3fea091cc303a135967965c5b880 |
|
02-Aug-2008 |
Jasper Bryant-Greene <jasper@amiton.co.nz> |
replace net_device arguments with ieee80211_{local,sub_if_data} as appropriate
This patch replaces net_device arguments to mac80211 internal functions
with ieee80211_{local,sub_if_data} as appropriate.
It also does the same for many 802.11s mesh functions, and changes the
mesh path table to be indexed on sub_if_data rather than net_device.
If the mesh part needs to be a separate patch let me know, but since
mesh uses a lot of mac80211 functions which were being converted anyway,
the changes go hand-in-hand somewhat.
This patch probably does not convert all the functions which could be
converted, but it is a large chunk and followup patches will be
provided.
Signed-off-by: Jasper Bryant-Greene <jasper@amiton.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e7827a7031a931c74c48e4a53f73ed862f0c8da0 |
|
16-Jul-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: remove IEEE80211_FC helper
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a61dae1f784f0c4ced0d47721c0efc7033231522 |
|
09-Aug-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: update new sta's rx timestamp
This patch fixes needless probe request caused by zero value in
sta->last_rx inside ieee80211_associated flow
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4c43e0d0ecd5196ed5c67f64ed2f1860770eed34 |
|
04-Aug-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
iwlwifi: HW bug fixes
This patch adds few HW bug fixes.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 80693ceb78b08baa3b66a900d9225b2cf9c6f0ed |
|
20-Jul-2008 |
Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org> |
mac80211: automatic IBSS channel selection
When joining an ad-hoc network, the user is currently required to specify
the channel. The network will not be joined otherwise, unless it happens
to be sitting on the currently active channel.
This patch implements automatic channel selection when the user has not
locked the interface onto a specific channel.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ea95bba41e69c616bb1512cf59d22f33266b8568 |
|
18-Jul-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: make listen_interval be limited by low level driver
This patch makes possible for a driver to specify maximal listen interval
The possibility for user to configure listen interval is not implemented
yet, currently the maximum provided by the driver or 1 is used.
Mac80211 uses config handler to set listen interval for to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 98f7dfd86cbbd377e2cbc293529681b914296f68 |
|
18-Jul-2008 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: pass dtim_period to low level driver
This patch adds the dtim_period in ieee80211_bss_conf, this allows the low
level driver to know the dtim_period, and to plan power save accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 56a6d13dfd49d90d72a1a962246206719dd9d143 |
|
29-Jul-2008 |
Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: fix mesh beaconing
This patch fixes mesh beaconing, which was broken by "mac80211: revamp
beacon configuration".
Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d0f09804144fd9471a13cf4d80e66842c7fa114f |
|
29-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: partially fix skb->cb use
This patch fixes mac80211 to not use the skb->cb over the queue step
from virtual interfaces to the master. The patch also, for now,
disables aggregation because that would still require requeuing,
will fix that in a separate patch. There are two other places (software
requeue and powersaving stations) where requeue can happen, but that is
not currently used by any drivers/not possible to use respectively.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b9e40857682ecfc5bcd0356a23ff409883ffb982 |
|
15-Jul-2008 |
David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> |
netdev: Do not use TX lock to protect address lists.
Now that we have a specific lock to protect the network
device unicast and multicast lists, remove extraneous
grabs of the TX lock in cases where the code only needs
address list protection.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| e308a5d806c852f56590ffdd3834d0df0cbed8d7 |
|
15-Jul-2008 |
David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> |
netdev: Add netdev->addr_list_lock protection.
Add netif_addr_{lock,unlock}{,_bh}() helpers.
Use them to protect operations that operate on or read
the network device unicast and multicast address lists.
Also use them in cases where the code simply wants to
block calls into the driver's ->set_rx_mode() and
->set_multicast_list() methods.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 1e188637902eb4b62d325d3cc76b076724f3ec55 |
|
10-Jul-2008 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: dont add a STA which is not in the same IBSS
This patch avoids adding STAs that don't belong to our IBSS
ieee80211_bssid_match matches also bcast address so also APs
were added
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f434b2d111d9ff84ebdd0f11a7ae42c761453259 |
|
10-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params
Multiple issues:
- there are no "default" values needed
- cw_min/cw_max can be larger than documented
- restructure to decrease size
- use get_unaligned_le16
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9d139c810a2aa17365cc548d0cd2a189d8433c65 |
|
09-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: revamp beacon configuration
This patch changes mac80211's beacon configuration handling
to never pass skbs to the driver directly but rather always
require the driver to use ieee80211_beacon_get(). Additionally,
it introduces "change flags" on the config_interface() call
to enable drivers to figure out what is changing. Finally, it
removes the beacon_update() driver callback in favour of
having IBSS beacon delivered by ieee80211_beacon_get() as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3e122be089e6fb8d3f322416da4cdbb80ce12927 |
|
09-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make master netdev handling sane
Currently, almost every interface type has a 'bss' pointer
pointing to BSS information. This BSS information, however,
is for a _local_ BSS, not for the BSS we joined, so having
it on a STA mode interface makes little sense, but now they
have it pointing to the master device, which is an AP mode
virtual interface. However, except for some bitrate control
data, this pointer is only used in AP/VLAN modes (for power
saving stations.)
Overall, it is not necessary to even have the master netdev
be a valid virtual interface, and it doesn't have to be on
the list of interfaces either.
This patch changes the master netdev to be special, it now
- no longer is on the list of virtual interfaces, which
lets me remove a lot of tests for that
- no longer has sub_if_data attached, since that isn't used
Additionally, this patch changes some vlan/ap mode handling
that is related to these 'bss' pointers described above (but
in the VLAN case they actually make sense because there they
point to the AP they belong to); it also adds some debugging
code to IEEE80211_DEV_TO_SUB_IF to validate it is not called
on the master netdev any more.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fc32f9243dc93e75f81457e95d9cb90ee6136d94 |
|
03-Jul-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: call bss_info_change only once upon disassociation
This patch removes call of ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify from within
ieee80211_reset_erp_info. This allows gathering all bss info changes
into one call to the driver in the disassociation flow.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ebd74487d4b7a48ab8513ecfe3d321346d7c602e |
|
01-Jul-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix warning: unused variable ifsta
This patch fixes warning unused variable ifsta
when compiling without CONFIG_MAC80211_VERBOSE_DEBUG
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 429a380571a6e6b8525b93161544eafc9b227e44 |
|
01-Jul-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: add block ack request capability
This patch adds block ack request capability
Signed-off-by: Ester Kummer <ester.kummer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b2898a27809f54a33050a70d0eaa4a78194163a0 |
|
01-Jul-2008 |
Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Don't request encryption for probe response
Probe responses shouldn't be encrypted, and mac80211 doesn't
set the crypto key accordingly. However it didn't set the
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DO_NOT_ENCRYPT flag which means drivers
could make an attempt to encrypt it, and causing a NULL
pointer dereference when accessing the provided hw_key field.
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6e43829bb69bf1d584a592075f1357590eb49b1a |
|
07-Jul-2008 |
Vladimir Koutny <vlado@work.ksp.sk> |
mac80211: don't report selected IBSS when not found
Don't report a 'selected' IBSS in sta_find_ibss when none was found.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Koutny <vlado@ksp.sk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8db9369ff92b1cd93566baadd8bd2992f025fdd0 |
|
03-Jul-2008 |
Guy Cohen <guy.cohen@intel.com> |
mac80211: move netif_carrier_on to after ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify
Putting netif_carrier_on before configuring the driver/device with the
new association state may cause a race (tx frames may be sent before
configuration is done)
Signed-off-by: Guy Cohen <guy.cohen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f4ea83dd743d3e1bec8fdf954ac911c6b12ae87a |
|
30-Jun-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rework debug settings and make debugging safer
This patch reworks the mac80211 debug settings making them more focused
and adding help text for those that didn't have one. It also removes a
number of printks that can be triggered remotely and add no value, e.g.
"too short deauthentication frame received - ignoring".
If somebody really needs to debug that they should just add a monitor
interface and look at the frames in wireshark.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4faeb86070c38c0df9f5a23c3f6acf5538492a33 |
|
30-Jun-2008 |
Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com> |
mac80211: add beacon timestamp to beacon template in IBSS
This patch adds a beacon timestamp to the beacon template used in IBSS
mode. This way the underlying driver can update its TSF accordingly.
According the spec station should adopt the highest TSF from an incoming
beacons in the cell.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ae6a44e3afae0e813e9ab707a2317b08e21f4ab2 |
|
27-Jun-2008 |
Ester Kummer <ester.kummer@intel.com> |
mac80211: removing duplicated parsing of information elements
This patch removes the duplicated parsing of information elements
in ieee80211_rx_bss_info and in ieee_rx_mgmt_beacon
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ester Kummer <ester.kummer@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bf998f686430107fb8790ef6713f8e352a3deede |
|
24-Jun-2008 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: add last beacon time in scan list
This patch adds the interval between the scan results and the last time a
beacon was received in the result of the scan.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 06ff47bc9595848b818ac79e7d8069337c6e58b1 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: add spectrum capabilities
This patch add spectrum capability and required information
elements to association request providing AP has requested it and
it is supported by the driver
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4e3996fe899651e00d3085110cc6e92f6a78ee3e |
|
23-Jun-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: mlme.c use new frame control helpers
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 135a2110c55c71d7ccaf5ac66968b993347fe8e2 |
|
16-Jun-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove shared key todo
Adding shared key authentication is not going to happen anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b662348662f9661f9259c7186c1bdb65620045f1 |
|
16-Jun-2008 |
Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com> |
mac80211: 11h - Handling measurement request
This patch handles the 11h measurement request information element.
This is minimal requested implementation - refuse measurement.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f2df38596a81b6c24f4586b0b4befeaebf3e02db |
|
15-Jun-2008 |
Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com> |
mac80211: 11h Infrastructure - Parsing
This patch introduces parsing of 11h and 11d related elements from incoming
management frames.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ccc580571cf0799d0460a085a7632b77753f083e |
|
17-Jun-2008 |
David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> |
wext: Emit event stream entries correctly when compat.
Three major portions to this change:
1) Add IW_EV_COMPAT_LCP_LEN, IW_EV_COMPAT_POINT_OFF,
and IW_EV_COMPAT_POINT_LEN helper defines.
2) Delete iw_stream_check_add_*(), they are unused.
3) Add iw_request_info argument to iwe_stream_add_*(), and use it to
size the event and pointer lengths correctly depending upon whether
IW_REQUEST_FLAG_COMPAT is set or not.
4) The mechanical transformations to the drivers and wireless stack
bits to get the iw_request_info passed down into the routines
modified in #3. Also, explicit references to IW_EV_LCP_LEN are
replaced with iwe_stream_lcp_len(info).
With a lot of help and bug fixes from Masakazu Mokuno.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 87291c0269e77b029282676448fed3706a54211a |
|
13-Jun-2008 |
Vladimir Koutny <vlado@work.ksp.sk> |
mac80211: eliminate IBSS warning in rate_lowest_index()
In IBSS mode prior to join/creation of new IBSS it is possible that
a frame from unknown station is received and an ibss_add_sta() is
called. This will cause a warning in rate_lowest_index() since the
list of supported rates of our station is not initialized yet.
The fix is to add ibss stations with a rate we received that frame
at; this single-element set will be extended later based on beacon
data. Also there is no need to store stations from a foreign IBSS.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Koutny <vlado@ksp.sk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| dc0ae30c31ee6ef83992bb692f37dfbba08a2ef6 |
|
12-Jun-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix beacon interval value
This patch fixes setting beacon interval
1. in register_hw it honors value requested by the driver
2. It uses default 100 instead of 1000 or 10000. Scanning for beacon
interval ~1sec and above is not sane
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| be038b376465953c358d675cb38a611898a49dc2 |
|
05-Jun-2008 |
Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com> |
mac80211: Checking IBSS support while changing channel in ad-hoc mode
This patch adds a check to the set_channel flow. When attempting to change
the channel while in IBSS mode, and the new channel does not support IBSS
mode, the flow return with an error value with no consequences on the
mac80211 and driver state.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 872ba53395b2a8be08c3ea2d39e225e5b4a8cb40 |
|
04-Jun-2008 |
Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com> |
mac80211: decrease IBSS creation latency
Sufficient scans (at least 2 or 3) should have been done within 7
seconds to find an existing IBSS to join. This should improve IBSS
creation latency; and since IBSS merging is still in effect, shouldn't
have detrimental effects on eventual IBSS convergence.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 507b06d0622480f8026d49a94f86068bb0fd6ed6 |
|
04-Jun-2008 |
Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com> |
mac80211: send association event on IBSS create
Otherwise userspace has no idea the IBSS creation succeeded.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9306102ea5696a3815f8d24ac0c0fbd1e19be7d3 |
|
29-May-2008 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow disable FAT in specific configurations
This patch allows to disable FAT channel in specific configurations.
For example the configuration (8, +1), (primary channel 8, extension
channel 12) isn't permitted in U.S., but (8, -1), (primary channel 8,
extension channel 4) is. When FAT channel configuration is not
permitted, FAT channel should be reported as not supported in the
capabilities of the HT IE in association request. And sssociation is
performed on 20Mhz channel.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e623157b8d778a63736b0f41c04acc57c4f61ae0 |
|
27-May-2008 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: sends HT IE to user level through wext
This patch adds HT IE in the scan list that is returned to user level
through wext. This is useful to let wpa_supplicant if a bss supports 11n or
not: WEP and TKIP are not supported in 11n.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c97c23e38625f59e3e9869664eeeb0cab1822948 |
|
28-May-2008 |
Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com> |
mac80211: fix alignment issue with compare_ether_addr()
This addresses an alignment issue with compare_ether_addr().
The addresses passed to compare_ether_addr should be two bytes aligned.
It may function properly in x86 platform. However may not work properly
on IA-64 or ARM processor.
This also fixes a typo in mlme.c where the sk_buff struct name is incorect.
Though sizeof() works for any incorrect structure pointer name as its just
a pointer length that we want, lets just fix it.
Signed-off-by: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 70d251b24c44ab2fcba1807a5206e844cf10eb38 |
|
28-May-2008 |
Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix for NULL pointer dereference in sta_info_get()
This addresses a NULL pointer dereference in sta_info_get().
TID and sta_info are extracted in ADDBA Timer expiry function
through the timer handler's argument.
The problem is extracging the TID (which was stored in
timer_to_tid[] array of type "u8") through "int *" typecast which
may also yield unwanted bytes for the MSB of TID that results
in incorrect sta_info and ieee80211_local pointers.
ieee80211_local pointer is NULL as illustrated below, it crashes in
sta_info_get(). The problem started when extracting ieee80211_local
pointer out of sta_info iteself and eventually crashed in
stat_info_get().
The proper way to fix is to change the data type of TID to u8
instead of u16. However changing all the occurences requires
some prototype changes as well. We should fix this in upcoming
patches.
Signed-off-by: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9381be059bf5831d259e8735005cfa35b7488543 |
|
23-May-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: reorder channel and freq reporting in wext scan report
This patch switch order of channel and freq (SIOCGIWFREQ) reports
in scan results in order to overcome wpa_supplicant inability
to handle channel numbers in 5.2Ghz band.
Wext reporting channel number is ambiguous as channels 7-12 (802.11j)
exist on both bands.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Acked-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 167ad6f7a2b2ae58dfaa46620b9b3212594f38e6 |
|
21-May-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix ieee80211_rx_bss_put/get imbalance
This patch fixes iee80211_rx_bss_put/get imbalance
introduced by 'mac80211: enable IBSS merging' patch.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e039fa4a4195ac4ee895e6f3d1334beed63256fe |
|
15-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb
This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit
information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra
memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit,
a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps
is kept outside of the union.
A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part
of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2e92e6f2c50b4baf85cca968f0e6f1b5c0df7d39 |
|
15-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: use rate index in TX control
This patch modifies struct ieee80211_tx_control to give band
info and the rate index (instead of rate pointers) to drivers.
This mostly serves to reduce the TX control structure size to
make it fit into skb->cb so that the fragmentation code can
put it there and we can think about passing it to drivers that
way in the future.
The rt2x00 driver update was done by Ivo, thanks.
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0d580a774b3682b8b2b5c89ab9b813d149ef28e7 |
|
20-May-2008 |
Helmut Schaa <hschaa@suse.de> |
mac80211: fix NULL pointer dereference in ieee80211_compatible_rates
Fix a possible NULL pointer dereference in ieee80211_compatible_rates
introduced in the patch "mac80211: fix association with some APs". If no bss
is available just use all supported rates in the association request.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <hschaa@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 34a961f7db36f10abd6b153411fe8c810f21f6b3 |
|
09-May-2008 |
Abhijeet Kolekar <abhijeet.kolekar@intel.com> |
mac80211 : Association with 11n hidden ssid ap.
This patch fixes the association problem with 11n hidden ssid ap.
Patch fixes the problem of associating with hidden ssid when
all three parameters ap,essid and channel are given to iwconfig.
This patch removes the condition of checking three parameters
and always checks for bss in bss list while associating.
Signed-off-by: Abhijeet Kolekar <abhijeet.kolekar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 566bfe5a8bcde13188a356f77666f8115813cf31 |
|
08-May-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
mac80211: use hardware flags for signal/noise units
trying to clean up the signal/noise code. the previous code in mac80211 had
confusing names for the related variables, did not have much definition of
what units of signal and noise were provided and used implicit mechanisms from
the wireless extensions.
this patch introduces hardware capability flags to let the hardware specify
clearly if it can provide signal and noise level values and which units it can
provide. this also anticipates possible new units like RCPI in the future.
for signal:
IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC - unspecified, unknown, hw specific
IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB - dB difference to unspecified reference point
IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW
for noise we currently only have dBm:
IEEE80211_HW_NOISE_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW
if IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB is used the driver has
to provide the maximum value (max_signal) it reports in order for applications
to make sense of the signal values.
i tried my best to find out for each driver what it can provide and update it
but i'm not sure (?) for some of them and used the more conservative guess in
doubt. this can be fixed easily after this patch has been merged by changing
the hardware flags of the driver.
DRIVER SIGNAL MAX NOISE QUAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------
adm8211 unspec(?) 100 n/a missing
at76_usb unspec(?) (?) unused missing
ath5k dBm dBm percent rssi
b43legacy dBm dBm percent jssi(?)
b43 dBm dBm percent jssi(?)
iwl-3945 dBm dBm percent snr+more
iwl-4965 dBm dBm percent snr+more
p54 unspec 127 n/a missing
rt2x00 dBm n/a percent rssi+tx/rx frame success
rt2400 dBm n/a
rt2500pci dBm n/a
rt2500usb dBm n/a
rt61pci dBm n/a
rt73usb dBm n/a
rtl8180 unspec(?) 65 n/a (?)
rtl8187 unspec(?) 65 (?) noise(?)
zd1211 dB(?) 100 n/a percent
drivers/net/wireless/ath5k/base.c: Changes-licensed-under: 3-Clause-BSD
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 07346f81e87d6e4cca7ae9adfa711d0c61c87b56 |
|
03-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: proper STA info locking
As discussed earlier, we can unify locking in struct sta_info
and use just a single spinlock protecting all members of the
structure that need protection. Many don't, but one of the
especially bad ones is the 'flags' member that can currently
be clobbered when RX and TX is being processed on different
CPUs at the same time.
Because having four spinlocks for different, mostly exclusive
parts of a single structure is overkill, this patch also kills
the ampdu and mesh plink spinlocks and uses just a single one
for everything. Because none of the spinlocks are nested, this
is safe.
It remains to be seen whether or not we should make the sta
flags use atomic bit operations instead, for now though this
is a safe thing and using atomic operations instead will be
very simple using the new static inline functions this patch
introduces for accessing sta->flags.
Since spin_lock_bh() is used with this lock, there shouldn't
be any contention even if aggregation is enabled at around the
same time as both requires frame transmission/reception which
is in a bh context.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Tomas Winkler <tomasw@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Cc: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3434fbd39862d471c92b66c28cd449deea8e9f90 |
|
03-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: require four hardware queues for QoS/HT
This patch makes mac80211 only announce QoS/HT support when
the underlying hardware has four (or more) queues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Ron Rindjunksi <ron.rindjunksi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 36d16ae73becc5978fe22866e9ab66b509211afe |
|
08-May-2008 |
Helmut Schaa <hschaa@suse.de> |
mac80211: fix association with some APs
Some APs refuse association if the supported rates contained in the
association request do not match its own supported rates. This patch
introduces a new function which builds the intersection between the AP's
supported rates and the client's supported rates to work around such
problems. The same approach is already used in ipw2200 for example.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <hschaa@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e100bb64bf7cdeae7f742a65ee1985649a7fd1b4 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: QoS related cleanups
This
* makes the queue number passed to drivers a u16
(as it will be with skb_get_queue_mapping)
* removes the useless queue number defines
* splits hw->queues into hw->queues/ampdu_queues
* removes the debugfs files for per-queue counters
* removes some dead QoS code
* removes the beacon queue configuration for IBSS
so that the drivers now never get a queue number
bigger than (hw->queues + hw->ampdu_queues - 1)
for tx and only in the range 0..hw->queues-1 for
conf_tx.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 712590de5e5c977ff96efa3a16fcc03b0e976c3c |
|
21-Apr-2008 |
Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org> |
make sta_rx_agg_session_timer_expired() static
sta_rx_agg_session_timer_expired() can now become static.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3acea5b616c6d85008700a9d51cb02a81b2d0c67 |
|
18-Apr-2008 |
Ester Kummer <ester.kummer@intel.com> |
mac80211: correct skb allocation
This patch corrects the allocation of skb in ADDBA req/resp and DELBA
it removes redundant space u.addba_* are already counted in sizeof(*mgmt)
Signed-off-by: Ester Kummer <ester.kummer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 988c0f723d0b1abb399e6e71d8bf3f8bf1949a70 |
|
17-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: a few code cleanups
This has some code cleanups (some inspired by checkpatch), I got
bored at probably a third of the output though so if somebody
else wants to...
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1ebebea8e844d01c80b93b8ee4d696ee7c0cbc27 |
|
23-Apr-2008 |
Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org> |
mac80211: Fix race between ieee80211_rx_bss_put and lookup routines.
The put routine first decrements the users counter and then
(if it is zero) locks the sta_bss_lock and removes one from
the list and the hash.
Thus, any of ieee80211_sta_config_auth, ieee80211_rx_bss_get
or ieee80211_rx_mesh_bss_get can race with it by finding a
bss that is about to get kfree-ed.
Using atomic_dec_and_lock in ieee80211_rx_bss_put takes care
of this race.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a46f025d053e47b9ce602f53f6d30e94d304a51c |
|
16-Apr-2008 |
Abhijeet Kolekar <abhijeet.kolekar@intel.com> |
mac80211: Fix n-band association problem
There are two structures named wmm_info and wmm_param, they are used while
parsing the beacon frame. (Check the function ieee802_11_parse_elems).
Certain APs like D-link does not set the fifth bit in WMM IE.
While sending the association request to n-only ap it checks for wmm_ie.
If it is set then only ieee80211_ht_cap is sent during association request.
So n-only association fails.
And this patch fixes this problem by copying the wmm_info to wmm_ie,
which enables the "wmm" flag in iee80211_send_assoc.
Signed-off-by: Abhijeet Kolekar <abhijeet.kolekar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 30b89b0f5e1313c8a5a039abeaa89248b6338d81 |
|
16-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rework scanning to account for probe response/beacon difference
This patch reworks the scanning code (ieee80211_rx_bss_info) to take
more parameters from beacons and keep a BSS info structure alive when
only beacons for it are received. This fixes a problem with iwlwifi
drivers (where we don't understand the root cause of the problem yet)
and another driver for some broken hardware (which cannot send probe
requests unless associated, so can't always actively scan.)
Signed-off-by: Bill Moss <bmoss@clemson.edu>
[jmberg: reformatted comments, make probe_resp a bool]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d18ef29f34eb33099d387a327abe139f3915a829 |
|
10-Apr-2008 |
Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> |
mac80211: no BSS changes to driver from beacons processed during scanning
There is no need to send BSS changes to driver from beacons processed
during scanning. We are more interested in beacons from an AP with which
we are associated - these will still be used to send updates to driver as
the beacons are received without scanning.
This change·removes the requirement that bss_info_changed needs to be atomic.
The beacons received during scanning are processed from a tasklet, but if we
do not call bss_info_changed for these beacons there is no need for it to be
atomic. This function (bss_info_changed) is called either from workqueue or
ioctl in all other instances.
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Acked-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 50c4afb99166dc0d2e8a0b063fe83befaa426a44 |
|
15-Apr-2008 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mlme.c: fixup some merge damage
This one got renamed, complicating the merge a bit...this should restore
it to its intended state.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2c8dccc77420fb7433da5674818959d3499d35be |
|
08-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rename files
This patch renames all mac80211 files (except ieee80211_i.h) to get rid
of the useless ieee80211_ prefix.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|